Service

Repair Manual
Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment
Engine ID
CRE CUE CYM DCD
C A C B
Edition 06.2016

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - General, Technical Data
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
90 - Instruments
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
96 - Interior Lights, Switches
97 - Wiring

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Contents

00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on High-Voltage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety Precautions when Working near High-Voltage Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Safety Precautions when Working on Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 Safety Precautions during Road Test with Testing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.5 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Guidelines for Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3 Contact Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.4 Electro-Static Discharge Work Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.5 Line and Wire Routing and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1 Battery, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 Battery Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1 Overview - Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Overview - Voltage Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.4 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Removing and Installing . . 14
1.5 Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.6 Voltage Converter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.7 Battery, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.8 Battery, Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.9 Battery Cut-Out/Battery Interrupt, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2 Battery Jump Start Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.1 Overview - Battery Jump Start Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.1 Overview - Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2 Generator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3 Tensioner for Starter Generator C29 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.4 Generator, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.1 Overview - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2 Starter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

90 - Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1.2 Overview - Windshield Projection (Head up Display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.3 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 57
1.4 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . 60
1.5 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Contents i
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.1 Overview - Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

2.2 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

92 - Wiper/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1 Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.1 Overview - Component Location Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1.3 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1.4 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.8 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2 Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.6 Washer Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3 Rear Window Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.1 Overview - Component Location Rear Window Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.2 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.4 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.5 Wiper Arm, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.6 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.3 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5 Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.2 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5.3 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6 Washer Fluid Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

94 - Exterior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

1 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
1.1 Overview - Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1.4 Headlamps, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.5 Left and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
1.6 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module L176 / L177 ,
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
1.7 Left and Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb L22 / L23 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1.8 Left and Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
1.9 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
1.10 Left and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing . . 127
1.11 Headlamp Fan, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.12 Headlamps, Changing from RHD to LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1.13 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

ii Contents
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

2.1 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module L176 / L177 ,
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.2 Overview - Signature Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.3 Signature Lighting, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.4 Left and Right Signature Lighting Bulb L275 / L276 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 131
3 Side Marker Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.1 Overview - Side Marker Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.2 Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5 Exterior Door Handle Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1 Overview - Exterior Door Handle Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.2 Exterior Door Handle Illumination Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6 Sill Panel Strip Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.1 Overview - Entry Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7 Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
7.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
7.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
7.3 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
7.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
7.5 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
7.6 Rear Lid - Closed - Sensor 1 and 2 G525 / G526 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
8 High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
9 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
9.1 Left and Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
10 Access/Start Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
10.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
10.2 Component Location Overview - Keyless Access Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.3 Overview - Exterior Door Handle for Keyless Access Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.4 Front Exterior Door Handle Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
10.5 Rear Exterior Door Handle Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
10.6 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 155
10.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 155
10.8 Left and Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R200 / R201 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 156
11 Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
11.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
11.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
12 Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.1 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
12.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
12.4 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
12.5 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
13 Parallel Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
13.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
13.2 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
13.3 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
14 Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Contents iii
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

14.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

15 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

1 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
1.1 Overview - Component Location Instrument Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
1.2 Overview - Component Location Front Door Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1.4 Component Location Overview - Door Ambient Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
1.5 Component Location Overview - Center Console Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
1.6 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
1.7 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
1.8 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.9 Left and Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
1.10 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
1.11 Front Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
1.12 Driver and Front Passenger Exit Warning Lamp W111 / W112 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 185
1.13 Driver and Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 / W36 , Removing and Installing . . 185
1.14 Rear Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
1.15 Rear Entry Lamps, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
1.16 Rear Door Warning Lamps, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
1.17 Front Door Ambient Lighting, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
1.18 Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side Door Speaker Trim L223 / L224 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.20 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1.21 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.22 Center Console Ambient Lighting Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
1.23 Selector Lever Transmission Range Display Y5 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
1.24 Left and Right Rear Footwell Lamp W45 / W46 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.25 Luggage Compartment Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.26 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing . . 197
2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
2.7 Light Switch E1 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2.8 Steering Column Adjustment Switch E167 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.9 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.10 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.11 Mirror Adjusting Switches E43 / E168 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.12 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.13 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 212
2.14 Driver and Front Passenger Interior Locking Switch E150 / E198 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 212
2.15 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Memory Settings Control Head E464 / E465 , Removing
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.16 Rear Lid Remote Release Button E233 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.17 Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button E616 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.18 Rear Window Regulator Button in Rear Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
2.19 Left and Right Rear Interior Locking Switch E273 / E274 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 215
2.20 Air Ionization System Button E677 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

iv Contents
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.21 Electromechanical Parking Brake Button E538 / -AUTO HOLD- Button E540 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
2.22 Access/Start Authorization Button E408 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
2.23 Left and Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
2.24 Third Row Backrest Adjustment Button, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
2.25 Loading Sill Lowering Control Head E682 / Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch Button E474 ,
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.26 Release Button in Rear Lid Handle E234 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.27 Rear Lid Lock Button in Luggage Compartment E406 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 222
2.28 Rear Lid Warning Buzzer H32 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.29 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.30 Sunroof Button E325 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
2.32 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
2.33 Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
3 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
4 Lane Change Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
4.1 Overview - Lane Change Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
4.2 Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp In Driver and Front Passenger Exterior Rearview
Mirror K233 / K234 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
4.3 Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 / J770 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 230
4.4 Lane Change Assistance, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
5.1 Component Location Overview - Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
5.2 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.1 Overview - Towing Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.2 Trailer Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
7 Cigarette Lighter and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
7.1 Overview - Cigarette Lighter, 12 V Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
7.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
7.3 Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb L28 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
7.5 12 V Socket 2 U18 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
7.6 12 V Socket 3 U19 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
7.7 12 V Socket 4 U20 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
7.8 12 V Socket 4 U20 , Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
8 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
1 Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
1.2 Front Left Relay and Fuse Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
1.3 Suppressor C24 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1.4 Wire Junction, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
1.5 Protective Diode J201 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
1.6 Fuse Panel C SC , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
1.7 Relay and Fuse Panels Inside Luggage Compartment on Left Side, Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2 Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
2.2 Overview - Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Contents v
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.3 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
2.4 Garage Door Opener Control Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
2.5 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
3.1 Component Location Overview - Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
3.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
3.3 Right Bulkhead Connector Station, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
3.4 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4 Connector Housings, Releasing and Disassembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
5 Contact Surfaces, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
6 Antenna Wires, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
7 Fiber-Optic Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
9 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

vi Contents
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

00 – General, Technical Data

1 Safety Precautions
(Edition 06.2016)
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on High-Voltage Sys‐
tem”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions when Working near High-Voltage Com‐
ponents”, page 1
⇒ “1.3 Safety Precautions when Working on Start/Stop System”,
page 2
⇒ “1.4 Safety Precautions during Road Test with Testing Equip‐
ment”, page 2
⇒ “1.5 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,
page 2

1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on

High-Voltage System
Danger to life through high-voltage.
The high-voltage system operates through high-voltage. Electro‐
cution can cause death or very serious personal injury.
– Persons with internal electronic/medical life support devices
or such devices carried on the body may not work on the high-
voltage system. Life support devices are, for example, internal
analgesic pumps, implanted defibrillators, cardiac pacemak‐
ers, insulin pumps and hearing aids.
– The high-voltage system must only be de-energized by an ap‐
propriately qualified technician.
There is a risk of injury due to the engine starting unexpectedly.
It is difficult to determine whether the ready to drive mode is ac‐
tivated in electric and hybrid vehicles. Risk of parts of the body
getting pinched or pulled.
– Switch off the ignition.
– Set the ignition key outside of the vehicle interior.
Risk of damaging the high-voltage cables.
Misuse can damage the insulation of high-voltage cables or high-
voltage connectors.
– Never support objects on the high-voltage cables and the high-
voltage connectors.
– Never support tools on the high-voltage cables and the high-
voltage connectors.
– Never sharply bend or kink the high-voltage cables.
– Pay attention to the coding when connecting the high-voltage
connectors.

1.2 Safety Precautions when Working near

High-Voltage Components
Danger to life through high-voltage.
The high-voltage system operates through high-voltage. Death or
severe bodily injury caused by electrocution from damaged high-
voltage components and high-voltage cables.

1. Safety Precautions 1
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Perform a visual inspection of the high-voltage components

and the high-voltage cables.
– Never use tools that are for cutting, deformed, or sharp edged.
– Never use welding, soldering, thermal adhesive or hot air.

1.3 Safety Precautions when Working on

Start/Stop System
There is a risk of injury due to the engine starting unexpectedly.
The engine can start unexpectedly on vehicles with an activated
Start/Stop System. A message in the instrument cluster indicates
whether the Start/Stop System is activated.
– Deactivate the Start/Stop System: Switch off the ignition.

1.4 Safety Precautions during Road Test

with Testing Equipment
There is a risk of injury caused by unsecured testing equipment.
If the front passenger airbag deploys during an accident, unse‐
cured testing equipment becomes a dangerous projectile.
– Secure the testing equipment on the rear seat.
or
– Have a second technician operate the testing equipment on
the rear seat.

1.5 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Pre‐

cautions
Risk of injury due to electrocution
With the headlamps switched on the HID headlamp components
marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under high volt‐
age. Electric shock is possible from contact with the components.
– With the illumination switched on never contact the compo‐
nents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbols.
– When performing procedures switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of the
vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.
Risk of injury from burning, UV radiation, blinding and explosions
of the HID headlamp bulbs.
– Only operate the HID headlamp bulb in the headlamp housing.
– Do not look in the light beam.
– Avoid contact with burst bulb glass.
– Remove and install the HID headlamp bulb with protective
eyewear and gloves.

2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Repair Information
⇒ “2.1 Guidelines for Clean Working Conditions”, page 3
⇒ “2.2 General Information”, page 3
⇒ “2.3 Contact Corrosion”, page 3
⇒ “2.4 Electro-Static Discharge Work Surface”, page 4
⇒ “2.5 Line and Wire Routing and Securing”, page 4

2.1 Guidelines for Clean Working Condi‐

tions
Even very small particles of dirt can cause a fault. For this reason
follow the rules of cleanliness when working:
♦ Thoroughly clean the connection locations/maintenance
openings and the area around them prior to loosening/open‐
ing.
♦ Seal off any open lines and connections immediately with
plugs, for example, taken from the Engine Bung Set -
VAS6122- .
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them, do
not use any lint-free cloths.
♦ Cover or seal any open components carefully if the repair is
not going to be performed immediately.
♦ Only install clean parts: remove replacement parts from the
packaging just before installing. Do not use any parts that have
been removed from their packaging and left out (for example,
in tool boxes).
♦ Do not use compressed air when the system is open.
♦ Protect any disconnected connectors from dirt and moisture
and connect them only when they are completely dry.

2.2 General Information

♦ Consult the applicable wiring diagram. Refer to ⇒ Wiring dia‐
grams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.

2.3 Contact Corrosion

Contact corrosion can occur if incorrect fasteners are used (bolts,
nuts, washers, etc.).
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are
used.
In addition, rubber or plastic parts and adhesive consist of non-
conductive materials.
If there are doubts as to whether parts are suitable or not, use
new parts. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

Note

♦ We only recommend original replacement parts, they have

been tested and are compatible with aluminum.
♦ We recommend using Audi accessories.
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by
warranty.

2. Repair Information 3
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.4 Electro-Static Discharge Work Surface

♦ Requirement: Make sure nothing, especially metal or other
light weight particles, can get into the headlamp housing.
♦ Make sure when handling an open headlamp that no oil,
grease, silicone or other such materials can contact the head‐
lamp components, otherwise they can turn into steam and fog
up the headlamp.
♦ Touching electronic circuits with bare hands can lead to mi‐
gration.
♦ ESD (electro static discharge) protection: Always follow the
German Industry Standardization EN 613-40-5-1 when han‐
dling.
♦ Components or electronics that have fallen down cannot be
used again.
♦ ESD Work Surface - VAS6613- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical System
General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; ESD Work Surface VAS
6613 .

2.5 Line and Wire Routing and Securing

♦ Mark the fuel, hydraulic, vacuum, and EVAP system lines or
wires, for example, before removing them to prevent mixing
them up and to guarantee the original installation position.
Draw sketches or take pictures if required.
♦ Due to the restricted space in the engine compartment, make
sure there is enough clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents to avoid damaging the lines/wires.

4 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Battery
⇒ “3.1 Battery, General Information”, page 5
⇒ “3.2 Battery Types”, page 5

3.1 Battery, General Information

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery :

3.2 Battery Types

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery :

3. Battery 5
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

27 – Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

1 Battery
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”, page 6
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Voltage Converter”, page 10
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11
⇒ “1.4 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring Control Module
J367 , Removing and Installing”, page 14
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 15
⇒ “1.6 Voltage Converter, Removing and Installing”, page 24
⇒ “1.7 Battery, Checking”, page 27
⇒ “1.8 Battery, Charging”, page 28
⇒ “1.9 Battery Cut-Out/Battery Interrupt, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 28

1.1 Overview - Battery

⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Battery, 12V System”, page 6
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Battery, 48V System”, page 8

1.1.1 Overview - Battery, 12V System

6 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 - Grommet
❑ For the central venting
system hose
2 - Central Venting System
Hose
3 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
4 - Ground Wire
❑ With Battery Monitoring
Control Module - J367-
❑ Disconnecting and Con‐
necting. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Dis‐
connecting and Con‐
necting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Ground Cable
with Battery Monitoring
Control Module J367 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 14 .
5 - Bolt
6 - Nut
❑ 5.4 Nm
7 - Wire
❑ For the Battery Monitor‐
ing Control Module -
J367-
❑ Follow the sequence
when connecting the
ground cable. Refer to
⇒ page 13 .
8 - Positive Cable Volkswagen Technical Site: https://vwts.ru
❑ To the engine
9 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
10 - Nut
❑ 7.5 Nm
11 - Nut
❑ 7.5 Nm
12 - Battery Cover
13 - Retaining Bracket
14 - Positive Terminal Cover
15 - Nut
❑ 25 Nm
16 - Bolt
17 - Nut
❑ 5 Nm

1. Battery 7
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

18 - Main Fuse Panel

❑ Disconnecting and Connecting. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.4 Main Fuse Panel on Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 284 .
19 - Battery
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery, Checking .
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5.1 Battery, Removing and Installing, 12V System”, page 15 .
20 - Battery Bracket
21 - Nut
❑ 25 Nm

1.1.2 Overview - Battery, 48V System

5-Seater Versions. Refer to ⇒ page 8 .
7-Seater Versions. Refer to ⇒ page 9 .
5-Seater Versions

1 - Battery Mount
2 - Battery, 48 V - A6-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery, Re‐
moving and Installing,
48V System, 5-Seater”,
page 19 .
3 - Ground Wire
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Terminal 41
❑ De-energizing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System,
De-Energizing”,
page 13 .
4 - Ground Cable Cap
5 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
6 - Protective Housing Upper
Section
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery, Re‐
moving and Installing,
48V System, 5-Seater”,
page 19 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2

8 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 - Retaining Bracket
9 - Positive Cable Cap
10 - Positive Cable
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Terminal 40
11 - Pressure Balance Hose
12 - Grommet

7-Seater Versions

1 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
2 - Protective Housing Upper
Section
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery, Re‐
moving and Installing,
48V System, 7-Seater”,
page 21 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
4 - Positive Cable Cap
5 - Positive Cable
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Terminal 40
6 - Grommet
7 - Pressure Balance Hose
8 - Battery, 48 V - A6-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery, Re‐
moving and Installing,
48V System, 7-Seater”,
page 21 .
9 - Battery Mount
10 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
12 - Ground Wire
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Terminal 41
❑ De-energizing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .

1. Battery 9
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

13 - Ground Cable Cap

14 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm

1.2 Overview - Voltage Converter

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Voltage Converter, 5-Seater”, page 10
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Voltage Converter, 7-Seater”, page 11

1.2.1 Overview - Voltage Converter, 5-Seater

1 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
2 - Bracket
❑ For voltage converter
3 - Bracket
❑ For wire junction
4 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
6 - Voltage Converter, 48 V/12
V - A7-
❑ Versions with and with‐
out fan
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6.1 Voltage Con‐
verter, Removing and
Installing, 5-Seater”,
page 24 .
7 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
8 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
10 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm

10 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.2.2 Overview - Voltage Converter, 7-Seater

1 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
2 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
4 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Protective Housing Upper
Section
8 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification
-item 14-
⇒ Item 14 (page 10) .
9 - Voltage Converter, 48 V/12
V - A7-
❑ Versions with and with‐
out fan
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ “1.6.2 Voltage Converter, Removing and Installing, 7-Seater”, page 25 .
10 - Bracket
❑ For voltage converter and wire junction

1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting

Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
The 12V and 48V systems reinforce each other via the Voltage
Converter, 48 V/12 V - A7- . As a result, the system can only be
de-energized when the 48V system was de-energized before‐
hand.

1. Battery 11
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,

page 12
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13

1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting,

12V Battery
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
The 12V and 48V systems reinforce each other via the Voltage
Converter, 48 V/12 V - A7- . As a result, the system can only be
de-energized when the 48V system was de-energized before‐
hand.
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
All Vehicles
• For subsequent work on pyrotechnic components (such as
airbags and belt tensioners), the battery must be disconnected
when the ignition is switched on, contrary to the following de‐
scription.
• For subsequent work on the SCR system, wait until all of the
reducing agent has returned after switching off the ignition.
Disconnecting
– Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
Use the entire adjustment range of the seat adjustment for this.
– Remove the floor mat from the front passenger footwell.
– Release the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow A- and re‐
move toward the center of the vehicle in direction of
-arrow B-.

– Open the cover -3- over the battery negative terminal.

– Loosen the nut -1- several turns and remove the battery
ground cable clamp -2- from the battery terminal.
– Use insulating tape to prevent the negative terminal from ac‐
cidentally contacting the battery terminal clamp.

12 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Connecting
– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Battery Monitoring Con‐
trol Module - J367- -3-.
– To connect the battery ground cable terminal clamp to the
battery negative terminal “–” by hand tighten the nut -1-.
– Reconnect the connector to the Battery Monitoring Control
Module - J367- .
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
When the battery is reconnected, the following steps must be
performed:
♦ Activate the one-touch up/down function for the power window
regulators. Refer to the Owner's Manual.
♦ Check DTC memories of all control modules and delete the
displayed entry “Undervoltage” using the Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
TIP:
After reconnecting the power supply, the ESP warning lamp can
only go out after the vehicle has been driven a few meters.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Battery, 12V System”, page 6

1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
• The 48V system is de-energized using the Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
De-energize the system
De-energizing the 48V system occurs exclusively in the Diag-
nostic mode on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

– Select and start the Diagnostic operating mode.
– Select the Special functions tab.
– Select the 48V vehicle electrical system folder.
– Select De-energizing 48V vehicle electrical system
in the folder.
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.

1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
Procedure
Re-energizing the 48V system occurs exclusively in the Diag-
nostic mode on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

1. Battery 13
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Select the Diagnostic mode to start.

– Select the Special functions tab.
– Select the 48V vehicle electrical system folder.
– Select Re-energizing 48V vehicle electrical system
in the folder.
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.

1.4 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring

Control Module - J367- , Removing and
Installing
• For subsequent work on pyrotechnic components (such as
airbags and belt tensioners), the battery must be disconnected
when the ignition is switched on, contrary to the following de‐
scription.
• For subsequent work on the SCR system, wait until all of the
reducing agent has returned after switching off the ignition.
Removing
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
The 12V and 48V systems reinforce each other via the Voltage
Converter, 48 V/12 V - A7- . As a result, the system can only be
de-energized when the 48V system was de-energized before‐
hand.
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
All Vehicles
– Turn off the ignition.
– Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
Use the entire adjustment range of the seat adjustment for this.
– Remove the floor mat from the front passenger footwell.
– Release the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow A- and re‐
move toward the center of the vehicle in direction of
-arrow B-.

14 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Open the cover -6- over the battery negative terminal.

– Loosen the nut -1- several turns and remove the battery
ground cable terminal clamp from the battery terminal.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Slightly lift the carpet in the area of the nut -5-.
– Remove the nut -5- and ground cable -4- with the Battery
Monitoring Control Module - J367- -2-.
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”, page 6

1.5 Battery, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery, Removing and Installing, 12V System”,
page 15
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery, Removing and Installing, 48V System, 5-Seat‐
er”, page 19
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery, Removing and Installing, 48V System, 7-Seat‐
er”, page 21

1.5.1 Battery, Removing and Installing, 12V

System
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
The 12V and 48V systems reinforce each other via the Voltage
Converter, 48 V/12 V - A7- . As a result, the system can only be
de-energized when the 48V system was de-energized before‐
hand.
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
All Vehicles
• For subsequent work on pyrotechnic components (such as
airbags and belt tensioners), the battery must be disconnected
when the ignition is switched on, contrary to the following de‐
scription.
• For subsequent work on the SCR system, wait until all of the
reducing agent has returned after switching off the ignition.
Removing
– Switch off the ignition.
– Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
Use the entire adjustment range of the seat adjustment for this.
– Remove the floor mat from the front passenger footwell.

1. Battery 15
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow A- and re‐

move toward the center of the vehicle in direction of
-arrow B-.

– Open the cover -3- over the battery negative terminal.

– Loosen the nut -1- several turns and remove the battery
ground cable clamp -2- from the battery terminal.

– Open the cover -1- over the battery positive terminal.

– Loosen the nut -3- several turns and remove the battery pos‐
itive cable terminal clamp -2- from the battery terminal.

16 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -3 and 5-.

– Disengage the retaining bracket -1- on the opposite side.
– Remove the battery bracket -4- upward.
– Remove the battery cover -2-.
– Remove the central venting system hose -6-.
– Lift the battery up and out of the front passenger footwell.
• The disposal regulations for batteries and sulfuric acid must
be followed when disposing of batteries. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
TIP:
Batteries from the Audi Parts Program have a base strip adapter
for conforming to different clamping strips. See the battery oper‐
ating instructions for information on when and how to use the base
strip adapter.

– Push the battery to stop against the retaining bracket -1- so

that the battery clamping strip engages in the retaining brack‐
et.
• The battery must not be able to move at all anymore.
– Engage the retaining bracket -2- in the mount slit -3- on the
retaining bracket -arrow-.
– Attach the central venting system hose.
– When the ignition and electrical equipment are switched off,
connect the battery in the following sequence:

– First connect the battery positive cable terminal clamp -2- to

the battery positive terminal “+” by hand and tighten the nut
-3-.
– Close the cover -1- over the battery positive terminal.

1. Battery 17
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Battery Monitoring Con‐

trol Module - J367- -3-.
– Connect the battery ground cable clamp to the battery nega‐
tive terminal “–” by hand and tighten the nut -1-.
– Reconnect the connector to the Battery Monitoring Control
Module - J367- .
– Check the battery for secure fit after installation.
– If the battery was replaced, then the new battery must be
adapted.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select and start the Diagnostic operating mode.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Select the Select individual test button and select the
following tree structure consecutively:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical system
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 19 - Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533
♦ 19 - Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, functions
♦ 19 - Adapting
♦ 19 - Adapt battery
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.
Vehicles with 48V System (PR Number VH2)
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
When the battery is reconnected, the following steps must be
performed:
♦ Activate the one-touch up/down function for the power window
regulators. Refer to the Owner's Manual.
♦ Check all the control module DTC memories and erase the
displayed “undervoltage” entry using the Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
TIP:
After reconnecting the power supply, the ESP warning lamp can
only go out after the vehicle has been driven a few meters.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Battery, 12V System”, page 6

18 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.5.2 Battery, Removing and Installing, 48V

System, 5-Seater
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the 12V battery when the
ignition is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Remove the luggage compartment floor.
– If equipped, remove the nut -2- and then the temporary spare
tire -1-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the cap -1- from the “+” and “–” terminal.

– Remove the nuts -1 and 2- and remove the battery terminal

clamps from the battery terminals.

NOTICE
Risk of short circuit by the battery terminal clamps.
– Insulate the battery terminal clamps.

– Immediately wrap the battery terminal clamps -1 and 2- with

insulating tape and set them aside.

1. Battery 19
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the pressure vent tube -1- by pressing the retainers

on both sides.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the retaining bracket -3-.
– Remove the battery.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the protective housing upper section -1-.
– Remove the battery -2- from the battery mount -3-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Push the battery -3- until it stops against the retaining bracket
-1- so that the battery clamping strip -2- engages into the re‐
taining bracket.
• The battery must not be able to move at all anymore.

– Attach the protective housing upper section -1-.

• The battery retaining bracket -2- must rest on the battery
clamping strip -3-.

20 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Push the pressure vent tube -1- in until it engages audibly.

– When the ignition and electrical equipment are switched off,
connect the battery in the following sequence:
– Connect the connector -6-.
– First connect the battery positive cable terminal clamp -3- to
the battery positive terminal “+” by hand and tighten the nut
-2-.
– Connect the battery ground cable terminal clamp -4- to the
battery negative terminal “–” by hand and tighten the nut -5-.
– Attach the caps until they engage audibly.
– Check the battery for secure fit after installation.
– Disconnect the 12V battery from the ground cable. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Battery, 48V System”, page 8

1.5.3 Battery, Removing and Installing, 48V

System, 7-Seater
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the 12V battery when the
ignition is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the cap -1- from the “+” and “–” terminal.

– Remove the nuts -1 and 2- and remove the battery terminal

clamps from the battery terminals.

1. Battery 21
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

NOTICE
Risk of short circuit by the battery terminal clamps.
– Insulate the battery terminal clamps.

– Immediately wrap the battery terminal clamps -1 and 2- with

insulating tape and set them aside.

– Remove the pressure vent tube -1- by pressing the retainers

on both sides.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-.

– Remove the battery.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the protective housing upper section -1-.
– Remove the battery -2- from the battery mount -3-.

22 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Push the battery -3- until it stops against the retaining bracket
-1- so that the battery clamping strip -2- engages into the re‐
taining bracket.
• The battery must not be able to move at all anymore.

– Attach the protective housing upper section -1-.

• The battery retaining bracket -2- must rest on the battery
clamping strip -3-.

– Push the pressure vent tube -1- in until it engages audibly.

– When the ignition and electrical equipment are switched off,
connect the battery in the following sequence:
– Connect the connector -4-.
– First connect the battery positive cable terminal clamp -2- to
the battery positive terminal “+” by hand and tighten the nut
-3-.
– Connect the battery ground cable terminal clamp -6- to the
battery negative terminal “–” by hand and tighten the nut -5-.
– Attach the caps until they engage audibly.
– Check the battery for secure fit after installation.
– Disconnect the 12V battery from the ground cable. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Battery, 48V System”, page 8

1. Battery 23
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.6 Voltage Converter, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “1.6.1 Voltage Converter, Removing and Installing, 5-Seater”,
page 24
⇒ “1.6.2 Voltage Converter, Removing and Installing, 7-Seater”,
page 25

1.6.1 Voltage Converter, Removing and In‐

stalling, 5-Seater
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the 12V battery when the
ignition is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Remove the luggage compartment floor trim panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim
Panels; Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Slide the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow- to release it
and then open it.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Remove the nuts -arrows- and free up the wires -1 and 2-.

24 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -1-, if equipped.

– Free up the cable holder -2-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the voltage converter -3- with the bracket.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the bracket -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Voltage Converter, 5-Seater”, page 10

1.6.2 Voltage Converter, Removing and In‐

stalling, 7-Seater
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the 12V battery when the
ignition is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting, 12V Battery”,
page 12 .
– Remove the third row seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
72 ; Rear Seats; Bench Seat/Single Seats, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the
cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

1. Battery 25
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolt -1-.

– Move the wire junction -2- with the wires connected to the side.

– Disconnect the connector -2-.

– Slide the cover -1- upward -arrow- to release it and then open
it.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Remove the nuts -arrows- and free up the wires -1 and 2-.

26 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -arrows- and bolt -4-.

– Push the voltage converter -1- far enough forward until the
mounting point -3- under the battery is accessible.
– Disconnect the connector -2-, if equipped.
– Remove the voltage converter.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the bracket -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Voltage Converter, 7-Seater”, page 11

1.7 Battery, Checking

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery, Checking .

1. Battery 27
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.8 Battery, Charging

⇒ “1.8.1 Battery, Preparing for Charging”, page 28
⇒ “1.8.2 Battery, Preparing for Support Mode”, page 28

1.8.1 Battery, Preparing for Charging

Procedure

CAUTION
Risk of explosion due to discharged battery with “visual indica‐
tor”.
Severe injury possible.
– If the display of the “visual indicator” is colorless or light yel‐
low, do not check, charge or jump start the battery.
– Replace the battery.

TIP
It is recommended that the battery is charged when installed and
connected. This is the only way to ensure the charge current is
incorporated into the capacity calculation for the Battery Monitor‐
ing Control Module - J367- .
Before the battery charger can be connected, the following pre‐
liminary work is necessary:
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
– Open the cover -2-, to do so release the catch -3-.
– Connect the red charging clamp “+” from the battery charger
to the positive terminal -4- and the black charging clamp “–” to
the negative terminal -1-.
– Connect the battery charger electrical system connector and
turn on the battery charger. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment
General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery, Charging .

1.8.2 Battery, Preparing for Support Mode

Procedure
– Open the cover -2-, to do so release the catch -3-.
– Connect the red charging clamp “+” from the battery charger
to the positive terminal -4- and the black charging clamp “–” to
the negative terminal -1-.
– Connect the battery charger electrical system connector and
turn on the battery charger. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment
General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery, Charging .

1.9 Battery Cut-Out/Battery Interrupt, Re‐

moving and Installing
If the Battery Interrupt Igniter - N253- is faulty or triggered then
the main fuse panel on the battery must be replaced.

28 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Replace the main fuse panel on the battery. Refer to

⇒ “1.7.4 Main Fuse Panel on Battery, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 284 .

1. Battery 29
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Battery Jump Start Terminal

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Battery Jump Start Terminal”, page 30

2.1 Overview - Battery Jump Start Terminal

1 - Suspension Strut Tower

2 - Negative Terminal
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Terminal 30 Wire Junction -
TV2-
❑ With jump start point
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview -
Component Location
Relay Panel, Instrument
Panel, E-Boxes Engine
Compartment”,
page 256 .
4 - Positive Terminal
❑ 7.5 Nm
5 - Suppressor - C24-
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview -
Component Location
Relay Panel, Instrument
Panel, E-Boxes Engine
Compartment”,
page 256 .
6 - Cover
7 - Connector

30 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Generator
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Generator with Bushings”, page 33
⇒ “3.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”, page 35
⇒ “3.3 Tensioner for Starter Generator C29 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 42
⇒ “3.4 Generator, Checking”, page 42

3.1 Overview - Generator

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Generator, without Bushings, Vehicles with
2.0L TFSI Engine”, page 31
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Generator without Bushing, Vehicles with 6-
Cylinder Engine”, page 32
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Generator with Bushings”, page 33
⇒ “3.1.4 Overview - Generator, Starter Generator C29 , Vehicles
with High-Voltage System and 3.0L TDI Engine”, page 34

3.1.1 Overview - Generator, without Bushings, Vehicles with 2.0L TFSI Engine

1 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm +180°
❑ Replace after removing
❑ Quantity: 4
Aluminum bolt

2 - Generator
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Generator, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 35 .
3 - Connector
4 - 30/B+ Terminal
5 - Cap
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm

3. Generator 31
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.1.2 Overview - Generator without Bushing, Vehicles with 6-Cylinder Engine

1 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
2 - Generator
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Generator, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 35 .
3 - Threaded Pin
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Terminal 30/B+
6 - Nut
❑ 16 Nm
7 - Cap
8 - Connector

32 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.1.3 Overview - Generator with Bushings

1 - Bolts
❑ 23 Nm
2 - Generator
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Generator, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 35 .
3 - Bushing
❑ Tight generator mount
bushings must be loos‐
ened, otherwise the
clamping force of the
sleeve is too little de‐
spite the correct torque.
4 - Connector
5 - Nut
❑ 16 Nm
6 - Cap
7 - Terminal 30/B+

3. Generator 33
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.1.4 Overview - Generator, Starter Generator - C29- , Vehicles with High-Voltage

System and 3.0L TDI Engine

1 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm
2 - Idler Roller
3 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm
❑ Left-hand thread
4 - Idler Roller
5 - Bolt
❑ 15 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
7 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
8 - Connector
9 - 30/B+ Terminal
10 - Starter Generator - C29-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.4 Generator, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Starter Generator C29 ,
Vehicles with High-Volt‐
age System and 3.0L
TDI Engine”,
page 39 .
11 - Tensioner
❑ For Starter Generator -
C29-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Tensioner for Starter Generator C29 , Removing and Installing”, page 42 .

34 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.2 Generator, Removing and Installing

⇒ “3.2.1 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 2.0L
TFSI Engine”, page 35
⇒ “3.2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 3.0L
TFSI Engine”, page 36
⇒ “3.2.3 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 3.0L
TDI Engine”, page 37
⇒ “3.2.4 Generator, Removing and Installing, Starter Generator
C29 , Vehicles with High-Voltage System and 3.0L TDI Engine”,
page 39
⇒ “3.2.5 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 4.0L
TDI Engine”, page 40

3.2.1 Generator, Removing and Installing, Ve‐

hicles with 2.0L TFSI Engine

Caution

This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer

to component overview and parts catalog prior to starting pro‐
cedure.

Mandatory Replacement Parts

♦ Bolt - Generator
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the ribbed belt from the generator belt pulley. Refer
to ⇒ Engine Mechanical; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Belt Pulley Side Cyl‐
inder Block; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and tilt the generator forward.

3. Generator 35
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -1-.

– Remove the nut -2- and free up the B+ wire.
– Remove the generator upward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
• Replace the aluminum bolts after removal.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Generator, without Bushings, Vehicles
with 2.0L TFSI Engine”, page 31

3.2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing, Ve‐

hicles with 3.0L TFSI Engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ 12 edged 5 mm socket, commercially available
Removing
• During installation, all cable ties must be installed at the same
location.
– Turn off the ignition and disconnect the ground cable from the
battery. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the ribbed belt for the A/C compressor. Refer to ⇒ 6-
Cylinder Direct Injection 3.0L 4V TFSI Supercharged Engine;
Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt,
Removing and Installing .
– Release the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it from the
generator pulley. Refer to ⇒ 6-Cylinder Direct Injection 3.0L
4V TFSI Supercharged Engine; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .

36 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Free up the wiring harness -3- on the generator -6-.

– Loosen the nuts -5- and threaded pin -4- with a 12 edge 5 mm
socket.
– Remove the bolts -8- and the bracket for the generator -7-.
– Remove the nut -2- and free up the B+ wire.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
– Remove the generator downward.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Make sure the ribbed belt is on securely and is routed correct‐
ly.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Generator without Bushing, Vehicles with
6-Cylinder Engine”, page 32

3.2.3 Generator, Removing and Installing, Ve‐

hicles with 3.0L TDI Engine
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and disconnect the ground cable from the
battery. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the right lower longitudinal member. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview - Lock Carrier .
– Release the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it from the
generator pulley. Refer to ⇒ 6-Cylinder Direct Injection 3.0L
4V TFSI Supercharged Engine; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Unclip the cover -1-.
– Remove the bolt -2- and the right idler roller.

3. Generator 37
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the air duct pipe bolt -2-.

– Loosen the bolts -arrows- for the generator -1- about six turns.
– To loosen the bushings of the generator mount use a hammer
and carefully tap on the bolt heads.
– Remove the bolts completely.

– Remove the generator -4- from the bracket.

– Remove the nut -1- and the B+ wire -3-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.

– Remove the generator -1- in direction of -arrow-, as shown.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Drive the bolt bushings back slightly to make it easier to install
the generator.
• Tight generator mount bushings must be loosened, otherwise
the clamping force of the sleeve is too little despite the correct
torque.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Generator with Bushings”, page 33
♦ Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview
- Lock Carrier .

38 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.2.4 Generator, Removing and Installing,

Starter Generator - C29- , Vehicles with
High-Voltage System and 3.0L TDI En‐
gine
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the right lower longitudinal member. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview - Lock Carrier .
– Remove the fan shroud. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical; Rep.
Gr. 19 ; Radiator/Radiator Fan; Fan Shroud, Removing and
Installing .
– Loosen the hose clamp -4- and remove the air duct hose.
– Remove the bolts -1 and 3- and push the air duct pipe -2-
slightly upward.
– Release the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it from the
starter generator-belt pulley. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical;
Rep. Gr. 13 ; Belt Pulley Side Cylinder Block; Ribbed Belt,
Removing and Installing .

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and pull the starter generator -1-
slightly forward.

3. Generator 39
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nut -3- and free up the B+ wire -1-.

– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the starter generator downward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Make sure the ribbed belt is on securely and is routed correct‐
ly.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.4 Overview - Generator, Starter Generator C29 , Vehi‐
cles with High-Voltage System and 3.0L TDI Engine”,
page 34
♦ Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview
- Lock Carrier .

3.2.5 Generator, Removing and Installing, Ve‐

hicles with 4.0L TDI Engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Commercially available hook spanner wrench for rubber ex‐
haust piece
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the right lower longitudinal member. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview - Lock Carrier .
– Remove the ribbed belt tensioner. Refer to ⇒ Servicing; Rep.
Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt Ten‐
sioner, Removing and Installing .
– Loosen the hose clamp -1- and remove the air duct hose.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the air duct pipe connection with the air duct hose.

40 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nut -2- and remove the B+ wire -1-.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Press the fan shroud locking tabs on the left and right side with
the hook spanner wrench for the rubber exhaust piece
-arrow- and slide the fan shroud upward and out of the mounts.

– At the same time, support the fan shroud -3- on the lock carrier
-1- using a 14 mm socket -2- at the opening -arrow-.
TIP:
The upper bolt on the generator cannot be removed when the fan
shroud is inserted.

3. Generator 41
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Loosen the bolts -arrows- for the generator approximately six

turns.
– Use a hammer and carefully tap on the bolt heads to loosen
the generator mount bushings.
– Remove the bolts completely.
– Remove the generator -1- from the bracket and remove it to
the right.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Drive the bolt bushings back slightly to make it easier to install
the generator.
• Tight generator mount bushings must be loosened, otherwise
the clamping force of the sleeve is too little despite the correct
torque.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Generator with Bushings”, page 33
♦ Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Overview
- Lock Carrier .

3.3 Tensioner for Starter Generator - C29- ,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Release the tension on the ribbed belt and remove it from the
starter generator-belt pulley. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical;
Rep. Gr. 13 ; Belt Pulley Side Cylinder Block; Ribbed Belt,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the tensioner -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Make sure the ribbed belt is on securely and is routed correct‐
ly.
– Start the engine and check the ribbed belt routing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.4 Overview - Generator, Starter Generator C29 , Vehi‐
cles with High-Voltage System and 3.0L TDI Engine”,
page 34

3.4 Generator, Checking

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Generator .

42 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4 Starter
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Starter”, page 43
⇒ “4.2 Starter, Removing and Installing”, page 44

4.1 Overview - Starter

1 - Starter
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Starter, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
44 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ Auto‐
matic Transmission;
Rep. Gr. 37 ; Transmis‐
sion, Removing and In‐
stalling; Transmission
Tightening Specifica‐
tions .
3 - Spacer Sleeve
❑ Only on 4-cylinder en‐
gines
4 - Connector
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
6 - B+ Terminal
7 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ Auto‐
matic Transmission;
Rep. Gr. 37 ; Transmis‐
sion, Removing and In‐
stalling; Transmission
Tightening Specifica‐
tions .

4. Starter 43
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4.2 Starter, Removing and Installing

⇒ “4.2.1 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 2.0L TFSI
Engine”, page 44
⇒ “4.2.2 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 3.0L TFSI
Engine”, page 45
⇒ “4.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 3.0L TDI
Engine”, page 46
⇒ “4.2.4 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 4.0L TDI
Engine”, page 48

4.2.1 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐

cles with 2.0L TFSI Engine
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical;
Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Remove the right engine support. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechan‐
ical; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Belt Pulley Side Cylinder Block; Engine
Support, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the bolt -5- and nut -4-.

– Remove the starter -1-, disconnect the connector -3- and free
up the B+ wire -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:

44 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Make sure the seal -2- fits correctly inside the starter opening
before installing the starter.
• The sealing piece must seal with the opening -1- for the starter
-arrows-.

• To tighten the bolt -2-, insert the spacer sleeve -arrow- be‐
tween the starter and transmission.

NOTICE
Risk of damaging the starter by misuse.
– Tighten the bolt only with the spacer sleeve installed be‐
tween the starter and the transmission.

– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .

Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Starter”, page 43

4.2.2 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐

cles with 3.0L TFSI Engine
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and disconnect the ground cable from the
battery. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the right engine support. Refer to ⇒ 6-Cyl. TDI Com‐
mon Rail 3,0l 4V Motor (EA 897 Gen I); Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder
Block, Belt Pulley Side; Engine Support, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 2- and then remove the mounting.

4. Starter 45
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the bolt -5- and nut -4-.

– Remove the starter -1-, disconnect the connector -3- and free
up the B+ wire -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Check the sealing piece -arrow- for the correct installation po‐
sition.
• The area of the torque converter must be completely sealed.
TIP
If the starter assembly is difficult to move, use a silicone-free lu‐
bricating spray.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Starter”, page 43
♦ Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Emissions Control System; Overview
- Emissions Control System .

4.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐

cles with 3.0L TDI Engine
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and disconnect the ground cable from the
battery. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Remove the right engine support. Refer to ⇒ 6-Cyl. TDI Com‐
mon Rail 3,0l 4V Motor (EA 897 Gen I); Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder
Block, Belt Pulley Side; Engine Support, Removing and In‐
stalling .

46 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the bolt -5- and nut -4-.

– Remove the starter -1-, disconnect the connector -3- and free
up the B+ wire -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Check the sealing piece -arrow- for the correct installation po‐
sition.
• The area of the torque converter must be completely sealed.
TIP
If the starter assembly is difficult to move, use a silicone-free lu‐
bricating spray.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Starter”, page 43

4. Starter 47
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4.2.4 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐

cles with 4.0L TDI Engine
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the front exhaust pipe. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechani‐
cal; Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Front Exhaust Pipe,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolt -arrow-.
– Remove the generator. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.5 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with
4.0L TDI Engine”, page 40 .
– Remove the right engine support. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechan‐
ical; Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Engine
Support, Removing and Installing .

– Remove the nut -4- and free up the B+ wire -2-.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Remove the bolt -5- and the starter -item 1-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Check the sealing piece -arrow- for the correct installation po‐
sition.
• The area of the torque converter must be completely sealed.
TIP:
If the starter assembly is difficult to move, use a silicone-free lu‐
bricating spray.
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Starter”, page 43

48 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 Adaptive Cruise Control

⇒ “5.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)”, page 49
⇒ “5.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing and
Installing”, page 50

5.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

1 - Baseplate
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Retaining Plate
for Distance Regulation
Control Modules J428 /
J850 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 50 .
2 - Clip
❑ Closed version
❑ Cannot be removed
without being damaged
❑ Note the installation lo‐
cation.
3 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Clip
❑ Open version
❑ Cannot be removed
without being damaged
5 - Stud Bolt
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Note the adjustment di‐
mension. Refer to
⇒ page 51 .
6 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Must be replaced when
the stud bolt is removed
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “5.2.3 Distance Regulation Control Module J428 Clip, Replacing”, page 52 .
7 - Distance Regulation Control Module
♦ Right: Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
♦ Left: Distance Regulation Control Module 2 - J850-
❑ There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.1 Distance Regulation Control Modules J428 / J850 , Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
❑ Adjust the adaptive cruise control. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Adaptive
Cruise Control; Adaptive Cruise Control, Adjusting .
8 - Operating Lever for Adaptive Cruise Control
❑ Shared component with the steering column switch module. Cannot be replaced separately

5. Adaptive Cruise Control 49

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “11.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing”, page 157 .
9 - Instrument Cluster
❑ With Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285-
10 - Front Bumper
11 - Clip
❑ Open version
❑ Cannot be removed without being damaged

5.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise

Control, Removing and Installing
⇒ “5.2.1 Distance Regulation Control Modules J428 / J850 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 50
⇒ “5.2.2 Retaining Plate for Distance Regulation Control Modules
J428 / J850 , Removing and Installing”, page 50
⇒ “5.2.3 Distance Regulation Control Module J428 Clip, Replac‐
ing”, page 52

5.2.1 Distance Regulation Control Modules -

J428- / -J850- , Removing and Installing
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 5-.
– Remove the retaining plate -2- with the distance regulation
control module from the baseplate -4-.
– Clean and dry the area around the control module connector.
– Disconnect the connector -6-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the connector for damage, contact corrosion and water
ingress, and service if necessary. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring Harness and
Connector Repairs .
– Calibrate the adaptive cruise control (ACC). Refer to ⇒ Sus‐
pension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Con‐
trol (ACC)”, page 49

5.2.2 Retaining Plate for Distance Regulation

Control Modules - J428- / -J850- , Re‐
moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required

50 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

♦ Digital Caliper - VAS6335-

Removing
– Remove the distance regulation control module. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.1 Distance Regulation Control Modules J428 / J850 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
– Place the control module on a soft and clean surface.
– Destroy the clips -arrows-.
– Remove the retaining plate -2- from the Distance Regulation
Control Module - J428- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the new clips until they engage in the retaining plate.

– Left side of the vehicle: The closed clip -1- must be seated on
the bracket -2- below on the inside.

– Right side of the vehicle: The closed clip -1- must be seated
on the bracket -2- below on the outside.

– Measure the dimension -a- at all stud bolts using the Digital
Caliper - VAS6335- and correct if necessary.
• Dimension -a- = 17.6 mm.
– Install the retaining plate with the stud bolts on the control
module.
• The stud bolt must be aligned correctly to the clip.

5. Adaptive Cruise Control 51

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Push the stud bolt -1- all the way in the clip -2- as shown.

5.2.3 Distance Regulation Control Module -

J428- Clip, Replacing
The clips cannot be removed without being damaged.
Procedure
• Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- removed from the
retaining plate.
– Place a screwdriver between the hook and the housing.
– Bend every hook all the way around with the screwdriver until
it audibly breaks off.
– To prevent the broken hook from getting caught on the hous‐
ing, remove it from the inside of the clip using needle nose
pliers.

– Insert the new clip in the hole in the housing, as shown and
push in by hand until it clicks into place.
• The tabs on the clip must sit correctly in the recesses.
– Install the stud bolt.
• The stud bolt must be aligned correctly to the clip.

52 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Turn the stud bolt into the distance regulation control module
up to the dimension -a-.
– Measure the dimension -a- at all stud bolts using the Digital
Caliper - VAS6335- and correct if necessary.
• Dimension -a- = 17.6 mm.

5. Adaptive Cruise Control 53

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Digital Caliper - VAS6335-

54 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

90 – Instruments
1 Instrument Cluster
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 55
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Windshield Projection (Head up Display)”, page
56
⇒ “1.3 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Cluster Control Module
J285 , Removing and Installing”, page 57
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module,
Removing and Installing”, page 60
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module,
Calibrating”, page 61

1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster

1 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
2 - Instrument Cluster - Low
❑ With Instrument Cluster
Control Module - J285-
❑ Do not disassemble
❑ If an LED for the indica‐
tor lamps or instrument
cluster illumination is
faulty, the instrument
cluster must be re‐
placed
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Instrument
Cluster with Instrument
Cluster Control Module
J285 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Low Instrument
Cluster”, page 57 .
3 - Fiber Optic Cable Connec‐
tor
❑ Seal with Fiber-Optic
Repair Set - Connector
Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9-
4 - Connector
❑ For the instrument clus‐
ter
5 - Antenna Wire
6 - Fiber Optic Cable Connec‐
tor
❑ Seal with Fiber-Optic
Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps - VAS6223/9-
7 - Connector
❑ For the instrument cluster

1. Instrument Cluster 55
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 - Instrument Cluster - High

❑ With Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285-
❑ Do not disassemble
❑ The instrument cluster must be replaced if there is a malfunction.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 , Removing and Installing,
Instrument Cluster High”, page 59 .
9 - Instrument Cluster Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Cluster
Trim, Removing and Installing .
10 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Overview - Instrument
Panel .

1.2 Overview - Windshield Projection (Head up Display)

1 - Central Tube
2 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Exterior Bracket
❑ For windshield projec‐
tion control module
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Pro‐
jection Head Up Display
Control Module, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 60 .
4 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Tightening sequence.
Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Pro‐
jection Head Up Display
Control Module - Tight‐
ening Specification and
Sequence”“ ,
page 57 .
5 - Instrument Panel
6 - Upper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Instrument Panel; Over‐
view - Instrument Panel
7 - Windshield Projection Head
Up Display Control Module -
J898-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 60 .

56 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Calibrating. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module, Calibrating”, page 61 .
8 - Bolt
❑ Tightening sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module - Tightening Specification and Se‐
quence”“ , page 57 .
9 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Tightening sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module - Tightening Specification and Se‐
quence”“ , page 57 .
10 - Interior Bracket
❑ For windshield projection control module
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 60 .
11 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3

Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module - Tight‐

ening Specification and Sequence
– Tighten the bolts in sequence shown.
Bolts Tightening Specification
-1- 5.5 Nm
-2 and 3- 4 Nm

1.3 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Clus‐

ter Control Module - J285- , Removing
and Installing
⇒ “1.3.1 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Cluster Control Mod‐
ule J285 , Removing and Installing, Low Instrument Cluster”, page
57
⇒ “1.3.2 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Cluster Control Mod‐
ule J285 , Removing and Installing, Instrument Cluster High”,
page 59

1.3.1 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Clus‐

ter Control Module - J285- , Removing
and Installing, Low Instrument Cluster
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9- from Fiber-Optic Repair Set - VAS6223B-
– If the control module (instrument cluster) is replaced, select
the “Replace control module” function for the corresponding
control module using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

1. Instrument Cluster 57
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Move the steering wheel as far to the rear and down as pos‐
sible. Use the full steering column adjustment range for this.
– Switch off the ignition and place the ignition key outside of the
vehicle.
– Remove the instrument cluster trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Cluster Trim, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 4-.
– Release the retainers -3- in direction of -arrow-.
– Pivot the instrument cluster -2- to the rear.

– Disconnect the connectors:

1- For the fiber-optic cable
2- For the instrument cluster

– Seal the open wiring harness connector -2- of the fiber-optic

cable with the Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective
Caps - VAS6223/9- -1-.
TIP
The protective cap prevents contamination of or mechanical dam‐
age to the front surface of the fiber-optic cable which would impair
light transmission.
– Remove the instrument cluster on the front passenger side
between the steering wheel and the instrument panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Follow the instructions on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester dis‐
play with a new instrument cluster.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 55

58 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.3.2 Instrument Cluster with Instrument Clus‐

ter Control Module - J285- , Removing
and Installing, Instrument Cluster High
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Quantity: 2 Hook Tool - T40207- (High - Instrument Cluster
Version)
♦ Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9- from Fiber-Optic Repair Set - VAS6223B-
– If the control module (instrument cluster) is replaced, select
the “Replace control module” function for the corresponding
control module using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Remove the driver side vents in the instrument panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument
Panel Vent, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the access/start authorization switch trim. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Access/Start
Authorization Switch Trim, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 3-.
– Guide both -T40207- between the instrument panel and in‐
strument cluster and attach at the outer vent openings as
shown.
– Using both -T40207- , carefully remove the instrument cluster
-2- from the retainer in direction of -arrow- and tilt toward the
rear.

– Disconnect the connectors:

1- For the fiber-optic cable
2- For the antenna
3- For the instrument cluster

1. Instrument Cluster 59
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Seal the open wiring harness connector -2- of the fiber-optic

cable with the Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective
Caps - VAS6223/9- -1-.
TIP
The protective cap prevents contamination of or mechanical dam‐
age to the front surface of the fiber-optic cable which would impair
light transmission.
– Remove the instrument cluster on the front passenger side
between the steering wheel and the instrument panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Follow the instructions on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester dis‐
play with a new instrument cluster.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 55

1.4 Windshield Projection Head Up Display

Control Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
Removing
– Cover the control module -2- with a soft towel.
– Remove the windshield. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
64 ; Windshield; Windshield, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the windshield projection trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Overview - Instrument
Panel .

NOTICE
Risk of destroying the windshield projection head up display
control module
– Only remove the designated bolts from the control module.
– Never remove the bolts for the housing upper section.

– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 4-.

– Lift the control module slightly and disconnect the connector.
– Remove the control module.
Removing the Exterior Bracket
– Remove the instrument panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel, Removing and
Installing .

60 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -arrows-.

– Remove the bracket -1-.
Removing the Inner Bracket
– Remove the instrument panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel, Removing and
Installing .

– Remove the nuts -arrows-.

– Remove the bracket -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

NOTICE
Risk of destroying the windshield projection head up display
control module
– A control module that has fallen down cannot be used again.
– When inserting the control module never apply pressure on
the housing upper section.

– Check the function of the control module.

• A number must be appear on the windshield.
– Calibrate the windshield projection control module. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module,
Calibrating”, page 61 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Mod‐
ule - Tightening Specification and Sequence”“ , page 57

1.5 Windshield Projection Head Up Display

Control Module, Calibrating
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
♦ Calibration Board for Head-Up Display VAS721003 -
VAS721003-
Conditions
– The windshield projection control module must be calibrated
during the following conditions:
• The Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module -
J898- was replaced.
• The windshield was removed and installed.
• “No or incorrect basic setting/adaptation” is stored in the DTC
memory.
Preliminary Work
– Move the vehicle onto a secure flat surface.

1. Instrument Cluster 61
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Apply the parking brake - the vehicle must not move during the
measurement.
– Fold down the left and right sun visors, disengage them and
move them to the side.
– Engage the Calibration Board for Head-Up Display
VAS721003 - VAS721003- on the center support -1 and 2- for
the sun visor.
Calibrating
• The Vehicle Diagnostic Tester is connected.
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 82 - Windshield Projection Head Up Display Control Module -
J898
♦ 82 - Windshield projection control module, function
♦ 82 - Calibrating the head up display
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.
– After calibrating the windshield projection head up control
module successfully, end “calibration”, turn off the ignition and
disconnect the data link connector.

62 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Horn
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 63
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 , Removing and
Installing”, page 63

2.1 Overview - Horn

1 - Lock Carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 11 Nm
4 - High Tone Horn - H2-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn
H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 63 .
5 - Bracket
❑ For the right horn
6 - Lock Carrier
7 - Low Tone Horn - H7-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn
H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 63 .
8 - Bracket
❑ For the left horn
9 - Nut
❑ 11 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm

2.2 High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone Horn

- H7- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.2.1 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 , Removing and
Installing”, page 63
⇒ “2.2.2 Horn Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 64

2.2.1 High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone Horn

- H7- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .

2. Horn 63
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the air intake grille cap. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Vehicles with a sideways auxiliary radiator or charge air cool‐
er: Push the air duct slightly to the side. If it is difficult to access
remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover Removing and Instal‐
ling .
– Remove the nut -1-.
– Remove the horn -3- from the bracket.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 63

2.2.2 Horn Bracket, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Remove the air intake grille cap. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Vehicles with a sideways auxiliary radiator or charge air cool‐
er: Push the air duct slightly to the side. If it is difficult to access
remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover Removing and Instal‐
ling .
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Remove the bolt -1-.
– Remove the bracket -2- and the horn.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 63

64 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hook Tool - T40207- (High - Instrument Cluster Version)

♦ Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps -

VAS6223/9- from Fiber-Optic Repair Set - VAS6223B-

♦ Calibration Board for Head-Up Display VAS 721 003 -

VAS721003-

3. Special Tools 65
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

92 – Wiper/Washer Systems
1 Windshield Wiper System
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Component Location Windshield Wiper Sys‐
tem”, page 66
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 67
⇒ “1.3 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position”,
page 69
⇒ “1.4 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 70
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”,
page 70
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 71
⇒ “1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing”,
page 72
⇒ “1.8 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 73

1.1 Overview - Component Location Windshield Wiper System

1 - Night Vision System Cam‐

era - R212- Washer Nozzle
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Head‐
lamp Washer System”,
page 91 .
2 - Headlamp Washer System
Washer Nozzle
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Head‐
lamp Washer System”,
page 91 .
3 - Windshield Wiper Motor - V-
❑ With Wiper Motor Con‐
trol Module - J400-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview -
Windshield Wiper Sys‐
tem”, page 67 .
4 - Washer Nozzle
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Wind‐
shield Washer System”,
page 78 .
5 - Windshield Wiper Arm
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview -
Windshield Wiper Sys‐
tem”, page 67 .
6 - Grommet
❑ For the washer fluid
hose in the hood

66 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Filler Tube
❑ For the washer fluid res‐
ervoir
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 78 .
8 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 78 .

1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper System

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 67
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper System, Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor”, page 69

1.2.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System

1 - Windshield Wiper Motor - V-

❑ With Wiper Motor Con‐
trol Module - J400-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Windshield Wip‐
er Motor V , Removing
and Installing”,
page 72 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening sequence.
Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Wip‐
er Motor - Tightening
Specification and Se‐
quence”“ , page 68 .
3 - Nut
❑ 32 Nm
4 - Cap
5 - Front Passenger Side
Windshield Wiper Arm
❑ There are different
lengths. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper
Arms, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 70 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper
Arms, Adjusting”,
page 71 .
6 - Front Passenger Side Wip‐
er Blade
❑ There are different lengths. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .
7 - Driver Side Wiper Blade
❑ There are different lengths. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .

1. Windshield Wiper System 67

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 - Driver Side Windshield Wiper Arm

❑ There are different lengths. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 71 .
9 - Cap
10 - Nut
❑ 32 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ Tightening sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Wiper Motor - Tightening Specification and Sequence”“ , page 68 .
12 - Bolt
❑ Tightening sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Wiper Motor - Tightening Specification and Sequence”“ , page 68 .

Windshield Wiper Motor - Tightening Specification and Sequence

– Tighten the bolts in steps according to the sequence shown:
Step Bolts Tightening Specification
1. -1 to 3- Install by hand until it stops
2. -1 to 3- 8 Nm

68 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.2.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper System, Rain/Light Recognition Sensor

1 - Silicone Pad
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Replace after removal
2 - Baseplate
❑ For Rain/Light Recogni‐
tion Sensor - G397-
❑ Attached to the wind‐
shield
3 - Clip
4 - Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor - G397-
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 73 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 73 .

1.3 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service

Position
If the windshield wiper motor is to be run during the procedure,
the front lid must be completely closed, otherwise the power sup‐
ply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.
– Make sure the wiper blades are not frozen if there is a risk for
frost.
– Turn on the ignition.
– Activate the menu item windshield wiper “on” using the multi‐
media system control head. Refer to the Owner's Manual.
• The windshield wipers run in “service position”.
– Turn off the ignition.

1. Windshield Wiper System 69

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

NOTICE
Risk of damaging the front lid by moving the windshield wipers
back to the basic setting.
– Never maneuver a vehicle with the windshield wiper arms
folded up.

TIP
At a speed of 6 km/h when operating the windshield wiper switch
the windshield wiper drive back into the basic setting.

1.4 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Bring the windshield wiper into service position. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position”, page
69 .
– Lift the windshield wiper arm off the windshield.
– Press the clip in direction of -arrow A- and slide the wiper blade
-1- off of the windshield wiper arm -2- in direction of
-arrow B-.
– Remove the wiper blade.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• Pay attention to the different lengths of the wiper blades for
the driver and front passenger side.

– Guide the wiper blade -1- parallel into the windshield wiper arm
-2- in direction of -arrow-. Make sure that the wiper blade is
slid into the windshield wiper arm until the clip audibly engag‐
es.
– To leave the “Service position”, either press the windshield
wiper switch or drive faster than 6 km/h.

1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and

Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 - T10369/1-
Removing
• To prevent damage to the windshield wiper axles only loosen
using the -T10369/1- .
• If the windshield wiper motor is to be run during the work pro‐
cedure, the front lid must be closed. Otherwise, the power
supply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.

70 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Bring the windshield wiper into service position. Refer to

⇒ “1.3 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position”, page
69 .
– Pry the caps -arrows- off of the windshield wiper arms -1- with
a screwdriver.
– Loosen the nuts -2- several turns.

– Position the -T10369/1- on the windshield wiper arm -1- as

shown.
– Position the thrust piece -2- on the windshield wiper axle.
– Turn the bolt -3- clockwise until the windshield wiper arm is
removed from the windshield wiper axle.
– Remove the nuts completely and remove the windshield wiper
arms.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• Pay attention to the different lengths of the wiper blades for
the driver and front passenger side.
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 71 .

1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting

Procedure
TIP
If the windshield wiper motor is to be run during the procedure,
the front lid must be completely closed, otherwise the power sup‐
ply to the wiper motor will be interrupted.
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page
70 .
– Turn on the ignition.
– Activate “one-touch wiping” and let the windshield wiper motor
run into its end position.
TIP
♦ Every second time the windshield wiper motor is switched off,
it returns to a lower rest position, thus tipping the wiper blade
lip the other way.
♦ To do so, the windshield wiper motor moves downward past
the end position and then goes back up again slightly. This

1. Windshield Wiper System 71

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

lower rest position must not be used to align the windshield

wiper crank.
♦ Only use the end position where the windshield wiper motor
runs directly into the end position with no under-stroke. If nec‐
essary, activate “one-touch wiping” again.
– Turn off the ignition.
– Position the wiper arm with wiper blade installed at the wiper
axle.
– Align the wiper blade tip -2- on the lower edge of the windshield
-1- to the cowl panel trim -3-:
Side Adjustment Dimension in mm
Driver side -b- 34+10
Front passenger side -a- 35 +10

– Tighten the nuts -2- for the windshield wiper arms -1-.
– Turn on the ignition.
– Activate “one-touch wiping” and let the windshield wiper arms
run into their end position.
– Turn off the ignition.
– Check the wiper arm adjustment one more time and adjust if
necessary.
– Press the caps -arrows- onto the windshield wiper arms.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 67

1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , Removing

and Installing
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page
70 .
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing
and Installing .

72 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the expanding rivet -1-.

– Pivot the filler neck -2- upward but do not remove the washer
fluid reservoir and the body opening -3-.
– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 5-.
– Remove the windshield wiper frame -2- with the linkage and
remove the windshield wiper motor from the plenum chamber.
– Disconnect the connector -4-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the windshield wiper motor with the windshield wiper
frame into the vehicle.
– Tighten the bolts. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Wiper Motor - Tightening Specification and
Sequence”“ , page 68 .
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 71 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Windshield Wiper Motor - Tightening Specification and
Sequence”“ , page 68

1.8 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “1.8.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Removing and
Installing”, page 73
⇒ “1.8.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Replacing”, page
76

1.8.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- ,

Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-

Caution

This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer

to component overview and parts catalog prior to starting pro‐
cedure.

Mandatory Replacement Parts

♦ Silicone Pad
Removing
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Place the
ignition key outside of the vehicle.
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .

1. Windshield Wiper System 73

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Insert a narrow screwdriver -5- into the opening as shown and
release the retainers on the spring -2- in the direction of
-arrows-.
– Wait one minute so that the silicone pad can be removed with‐
out leaving any residue.
– Loosen the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -4- by
moving it back and forth and remove it from the mount -1-.

NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging the humidity sensor through im‐
proper handling.
– Remove and install the rain/light recognition sensor very
carefully.

– If the humidity sensor -arrow- is damaged, then the rain/light

recognition sensor must be replaced.
– Clean the adhesive surface on the windshield with Cleaning
Solution - D 009 401 04- .
• Any silicone residue must be completely removed.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• Replace the silicone pad and spring.

– Release the retainers on the old spring -1- in the direction of

-arrows- and remove it from the sensor -2-.
– Press on the new spring until it audibly engages.
– Clean the adhesive surface on the windshield with Cleaning
Solution - D 009 401 04- .

74 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the silicone pad -2- from the sensor -3- without leav‐
ing any residue.
– Clean the adhesive surface -1- on the sensor with Cleaning
Solution - D 009 401 04- .

– Remove the silicone paper -1- from the silicone pad -3-.
– The clear protective film -2- remains on the silicone pad as an
assembly aid.

– Center the silicone pad -2- on the sensor -3- using the clear
protective film -1-.
– Press the silicone pad through the protective film onto the
sensor without forming any bubbles.

– Remove the protective film -2- from the silicone pad -1-.
– Coat the silicone pad with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
TIP
To avoid contaminating the silicone pad, remove the protective
film just before installing it.
– Spray the entire surface of the silicone pad with Cleaning Sol‐
ution - D 009 401 04- .

1. Windshield Wiper System 75

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Insert the sensor -4- into the mount -2-.

• The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must not have any
embedded objects or bubbles between it and the windshield
so that it functions correctly.
– Press on the clips -1 and 5- until they audibly engage.
– Connect the connector -3-.

1.8.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- ,

Replacing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-

Caution

This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer

to component overview and parts catalog prior to starting pro‐
cedure.

Mandatory Replacement Parts

♦ Silicone Pad
Removing
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Place the
ignition key outside of the vehicle.
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Insert a narrow screwdriver -5- into the opening as shown and
release the retainers on the spring -2- in the direction of
-arrows-.
– Wait one minute so that the silicone pad can be removed with‐
out leaving any residue.
– Loosen the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -4- by
moving it back and forth and remove it from the mount -1-.
– Clean the adhesive surface on the windshield with Cleaning
Solution - D 009 401 04- .
• Any silicone residue must be completely removed.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging the humidity sensor through im‐
proper handling.

76 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Gently press the grip surfaces -arrows- on the protective cap

-2- together and remove from the sensor -1-.
TIP
To avoid contaminating the silicone pad, remove the protective
cap just before installing it.

– Insert the sensor -4- into the mount -2-.

• The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must not have any
embedded objects or bubbles between it and the windshield
so that it functions correctly.
– Press on the clips -1 and 5- until they audibly engage.
– Connect the connector -3-.
– After replacing the rain/light recognition sensor, it must be re-
coded in “Guided Functions” mode using the Vehicle Diag‐
nostic Tester .

1. Windshield Wiper System 77

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Windshield Washer System

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 78
⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,
page 79
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 81
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”, page
82
⇒ “2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 83
⇒ “2.6 Washer Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 83

2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System

1 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
2 - Gasket
❑ Replace if damaged.
3 - Grommet
❑ Replace if damaged.
4 - Filler Tube
❑ For the washer fluid res‐
ervoir
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Washer Fluid
Reservoir Filler Neck,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 79 .
5 - Expanding Rivet
6 - Screen
7 - Cap
❑ For the filler neck
8 - Right Washer Nozzle
❑ With Right Washer Noz‐
zle Heater - Z21-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Washer Nozzles,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 83 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Washer Nozzles,
Adjusting”, page 83 .
9 - Center Washer Nozzle
❑ With Center Washer
Nozzle Heater - Z114-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 83 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Washer Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 83 .
10 - Left Washer Nozzle
❑ with Left Washer Nozzle Heater - Z20-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 83 .

78 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Washer Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 83 .

11 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ From the windshield washer pump
12 - Grommet
❑ For the washer fluid hose in the hood
13 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
❑ For front/rear window washer system and headlamp washer system
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”, page 80 .
14 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ To the washer nozzles
15 - Windshield Washer Pump - V5-
❑ For the front and rear window washer system
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”, page 82 .
16 - Grommet
❑ Replace if damaged.
17 - Grommet
❑ Replace if damaged.
18 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 81 .

2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and

Installing
⇒ “2.2.1 Washer Fluid Reservoir Filler Neck, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 79
⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”, page
80

2.2.1 Washer Fluid Reservoir Filler Neck, Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Place a drip tray under the washer fluid reservoir.
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing
and Installing .

2. Windshield Washer System 79

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the expanding rivet -1-.

– Remove the filler neck -2- from the washer fluid reservoir and
the body breakout -3- to the right side.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Slide the grommet -1- all the way onto the filler tube for the
filler neck -3-.
• The tab -2- must fit into the opening -arrow- on the filler tube.
– Insert the filler neck into the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
– Pay attention that the gasket is not crushed when sliding it in
the washer fluid reservoir.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 78

2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir filler neck. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Washer Fluid Reservoir Filler Neck, Removing and
Installing”, page 79 .
– Remove the left front wheel housing liner rear section. Refer
to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Pivot the washer fluid reservoir -1- below toward the front in
direction of -arrow A- and then and pull it downward in direction
of -arrow B-.
• At the same time the lower and upper securing tabs are re‐
moved from the mounts.

80 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connectors -3, 4 and 6-.

– Remove the washer fluid hose -1 and 7- from the windshield
washer pump.
– Remove the hose -2- from the headlamp washer pump.
– Free up the wire.
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir -5-.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Pay attention when inserting the washer fluid reservoir -1- that
the securing tabs engage in the mounts -2 and 3-.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 78

2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor,

Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir until the windshield washer
fluid level sensor is accessible. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,
page 80 .
– Place a drip tray under the washer fluid reservoir.

2. Windshield Washer System 81

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -1-.

– Remove the Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
-2- from the washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the grommet -3- for damage.

2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing

and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Elbow Assembly Tool - T10118-
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir until the windshield washer
pump is accessible. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,
page 80 .
– Disconnect the connector -3- using an Elbow Assembly Tool
- T10118- .
– Place a drip tray under the washer fluid reservoir.
– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the wind‐
shield washer fluid hoses -2 and 5- from the windshield washer
pump -4-.
– Remove the windshield washer pump upward from the washer
fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the grommet -1- for damage.

82 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Unclip the washer nozzle -1- for the windshield washer system
from the hood in the direction of -arrow-.

– Release the clip -3- in direction of -arrow- and remove the

washer fluid hose -2- from the windshield washer system
washer nozzle.
– Disconnect the connector -1- if equipped.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– When connecting the washer fluid hose, make sure that the
clip engages audibly into the washer fluid hose connection.
– Install the windshield washer system washer nozzle in the
hood.

2.6 Washer Nozzles, Adjusting

Adjust the washer nozzles for the windshield washer system. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 413 .
– Clean the dirty washer nozzle if the spray field does not match
the specifications.
Washer Nozzle, Cleaning

NOTICE
Risk of damaging the washer nozzles by misuse.
– Do not clean the spray nozzles using any objects.

– Remove the washer nozzle. Refer to

⇒ “2.5 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 83 .
– Rinse the washer nozzle with clean water opposite the spray
direction.
– To remove any remaining contaminants, the washer nozzle
may only be blown out with compressed air in the opposite
direction of spray.
– If the spray field still does not match the specifications, replace
the washer nozzle.

2. Windshield Washer System 83

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Rear Window Wiper System

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Component Location Rear Window Wiper Sys‐
tem”, page 84
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System”, page 85
⇒ “3.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 85
⇒ “3.4 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”,
page 86
⇒ “3.5 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 86
⇒ “3.6 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Installing”,
page 87

3.1 Overview - Component Location Rear Window Wiper System

1 - Washer Fluid Reservoir

❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Rear
Window Washer Sys‐
tem”, page 89 .
2 - Rear Window Wiper Motor
- V12-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear
Window Wiper System”,
page 85 .
3 - Washer Nozzle
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Rear
Window Washer Sys‐
tem”, page 89 .
4 - Windshield Wiper Arm
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear
Window Wiper System”,
page 85 .

84 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.2 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System

1 - Washer Fluid Hose

❑ For the rear window
washer system
2 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Rear Window Wiper Motor
- V12-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.1 Rear Window
Wiper Motor V12 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 87 .
4 - Rubber Seal
❑ Replace if damaged.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.2 Grommet, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 88 .
5 - Windshield Wiper Arm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Windshield Wiper
Arm, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 86 .
6 - Nut
❑ 12 Nm
7 - Washer Nozzle
8 - Rear Window Cap
9 - Wiper Blade
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 85 .

3.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the wiper arm from the rear window.
– Pull the wiper blade -1- down out of the wiper arm -2- in di‐
rection of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The wiper blade must audibly engage in the wiper arm.

3. Rear Window Wiper System 85

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.4 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and

Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-
Removing
– Turn on the ignition.
– Activate “rear wiping” and let the wiper arm run to end position.
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Place the
ignition key outside of the vehicle.
– Carefully expand the cap in direction of -arrows- and remove.

– Carefully remove the spray nozzle -2-.

– Loosen the nut -1- one turn.

– Install an M6 nut -4- on the nut.

– Position the Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 - T10369/1- on
the wiper arm -1- as shown.
– Position the thrust piece -2- on the windshield wiper axle.
– Turn the bolt -3- clockwise until the windshield wiper arm is
removed from the windshield wiper axle.
– Remove the nut completely and remove the wiper arm.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Adjust the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 86 .

3.5 Wiper Arm, Adjusting

Procedure
– Remove the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”, page
86 .

86 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Turn on the ignition.

– Activate “rear wiping” and let the wiper arm run to end position.
– Turn off the ignition.
– Position the wiper arm with wiper blade installed at the wind‐
shield wiper axle and align wiper blade at the rear window as
follows:
• Dimension -a- = 19 + 5 mm.
TIP
The dimension is the distance between the wiper blade tip and
the lower edge of the window.
– Tighten the wiper arm nut.
– Turn on the ignition.
– Activate “rear wiping” and let the wiper arm run to end position.
– Check the wiper arm adjustment again and correct if neces‐
sary.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System”, page 85

3.6 Rear Window Wiper Motor - V12- , Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “3.6.1 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 87
⇒ “3.6.2 Grommet, Removing and Installing”, page 88

3.6.1 Rear Window Wiper Motor - V12- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”, page
86 .
– Remove the lower rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid
Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Remove the clip in direction of -arrow A- and remove the
washer fluid line -2- from the spray nozzle connecting pipe.
– Remove the nuts -arrows B- and remove the Rear Window
Wiper Motor - V12- -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The washer fluid hose must engage audibly into the spray
nozzle connection.
– Adjust the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 86 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System”, page 85

3. Rear Window Wiper System 87

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.6.2 Grommet, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the rear window wiper motor. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.1 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 87 .
– Carefully pry the grommet out of the rear window.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Install the grommet -2- into the rear window -1-.
• The marking -3- must face upward.

88 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4 Rear Window Washer System

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System”, page 89
⇒ “4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing”, page 90
⇒ “4.3 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 90

4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System

1 - Washer Fluid Reservoir

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid
Reservoir, Removing
and Installing”,
page 79 .
2 - Rear Window Cap
3 - Washer Nozzle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Spray Nozzle,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 90 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Spray Nozzle,
Adjusting”, page 90 .
4 - Windshield Wiper Arm
5 - Rear Window Wiper Motor
- V12-
6 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ From the windshield
washer pump
7 - Windshield Washer Pump -
V5-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Windshield
Washer Pump, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
82 .
8 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ To the washer nozzle
9 - Grommet
❑ Replace if damaged.

4. Rear Window Washer System 89

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Carefully expand the cap in direction of -arrows- and remove.

– Carefully remove the spray nozzle -2- from the connecting

tube in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• Insert the spray nozzle so the spray opening faces the opening
on the wiper arm -1-.

4.3 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting

– Adjust the rear window washer system spray nozzles. Refer
to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 413 .
– Clean the dirty washer nozzle if the spray field does not match
the specifications.
Washer Nozzle, Cleaning:

NOTICE
Risk of damaging the washer nozzles by misuse.
– Do not clean the spray nozzles using any objects.

– Remove the washer nozzle. Refer to

⇒ “4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing”, page 90 .
– Rinse the washer nozzle with clean water opposite the spray
direction.
– To remove any remaining contaminants, the washer nozzle
may only be blown out with compressed air in the opposite
direction of spray.
– If the spray field still does not correspond to the specifications,
replace the spray nozzle.

90 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 Headlamp Washer System

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System”, page 91
⇒ “5.2 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing”,
page 92
⇒ “5.3 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 92

5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System

1 - Night Vision System Cam‐

era - R212- Washer Nozzle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.2 Night Vision
System Camera R212
Washer Nozzle, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 93 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Mount
❑ For Night Vision System
Camera - R212-
4 - Night Vision System Cam‐
era - R212-
5 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ To the washer nozzles
6 - Headlamp Washer Pump -
V11-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Headlamp
Washer Pump V11 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 92 .
7 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
8 - Grommet
❑ For Headlamp Washer
Pump - V11-
9 - Washer Nozzle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.1 Headlamp Washer System Washer Nozzle, Removing and Installing”, page 92 .
❑ Are already adjusted by the manufacturer and must not be adjusted after installation.
10 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
11 - Washer Fluid Hose
❑ To the washer nozzles
12 - Cover
❑ For the headlamp washer system washer nozzle

5. Headlamp Washer System 91

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5.2 Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir until the headlamp washer
pump is accessible. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,
page 80 .
– Disconnect the connector -5-.
– Place a drip tray under the washer fluid reservoir.
– Press the release button -2- and remove the washer fluid hose
-3- from the headlamp washer pump -4-.
– Remove the headlamp washer pump upward and out of the
washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the grommet -1- for damage.

5.3 Washer Nozzles, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “5.3.1 Headlamp Washer System Washer Nozzle, Removing
and Installing”, page 92
⇒ “5.3.2 Night Vision System Camera R212 Washer Nozzle, Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 93

5.3.1 Headlamp Washer System Washer

Nozzle, Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Engine Bung Set - VAS6122-
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Remove the cover for the headlamp washer system spray
nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper;
Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Remove the front wheel spoiler. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Overview - Front Wheel
Housing Liner .
– Vehicles with side auxiliary cooler: Remove the front bumper
cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper;
Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing .

92 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the spray nozzle -1- toward the rear.
– Place the drip tray under the washer nozzle.
– Remove the washer fluid hose -3- by pressing the release
buttons -1-.
– Seal off the hose coupling with clean plugs from the Engine
Bung Set - VAS6122- .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System”, page 91

5.3.2 Night Vision System Camera - R212-

Washer Nozzle, Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the mount for the Night Vision System Camera -
R212- . Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Infrared
System .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the washer nozzle -1- from the mount -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– If the mount is removed, the Night Vision System Camera -
R212- must be recalibrated. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Infrared System; Infrared System,
Calibrating .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System”, page 91

5. Headlamp Washer System 93

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 Washer Fluid Hoses

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
92 ; Washer Fluid Hoses .

94 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Elbow Assembly Tool - T10118-

♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-

♦ Engine Bung Set - VAS6122-

♦ Drip Tray

7. Special Tools 95
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

94 – Exterior Lights, Switches

1 Headlamps
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamps”, page 96
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 102
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106
⇒ “1.4 Headlamps, Calibrating”, page 112
⇒ “1.5 Left and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing
and Installing”, page 121
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing and Installing”, page 122
⇒ “1.7 Left and Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb L22 / L23 , Removing
and Installing”, page 123
⇒ “1.8 Left and Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing
and Installing”, page 124
⇒ “1.9 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 125
⇒ “1.10 Left and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 /
V49 , Removing and Installing”, page 127
⇒ “1.11 Headlamp Fan, Removing and Installing”, page 128

1.1 Overview - Headlamps

⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Headlamps, Headlamp Mount”, page 96
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Headlamps, HID Headlamps”, page 98
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Headlamps, LED Headlamps”, page 100

1.1.1 Overview - Headlamps, Headlamp Mount

96 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 - Support
❑ For the headlamp
mount
2 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
4 - Lock Carrier
❑ For mounting the head‐
lamp
5 - Mount
❑ For the bumper cover
❑ To secure the headlamp
mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ;
Fender; Fender, Re‐
moving and Installing .
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Mount
❑ For headlamp
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Headlamp
Mount, Removing and
Installing”, page 105 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2

1. Headlamps 97
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.1.2 Overview - Headlamps, HID Headlamps

1 - Filter Membrane
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.3 Filter Mem‐
brane, Removing and
Installing”, page 105 .
2 - Headlamp Housing
❑ With integrated Left Low
Beam Headlamp Re‐
flector Motor - V294- ,
Right Low Beam Head‐
lamp Reflector Motor -
V295-
❑ The trim for the low
beams cannot be re‐
placed separately.
❑ If faulty replace the
headlamp housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp
Housing, Removing and
Installing”, page 102 .
3 - Bulb
❑ Left Front Fog Lamp
Bulb - L22- , Right Front
Fog Lamp Bulb - L23-
(All Weather Lamp)
❑ 12 V, 55 W (H7)
❑ Bulb, replacing. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Left and Right
Front Fog Lamp Bulb
L22 / L23 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 123 .
4 - Front Turn Signal Bulb
❑ Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- , Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7-
❑ 12 V, 24 W
❑ Bulb, replacing. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Left and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
5 - Adjusting Nut
❑ For the headlamp height adjustment
6 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
7 - Housing Cover
8 - Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module
❑ Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module - L176- , Right Daytime Running Lamp and
Position Lamp LED Module - L177-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing
and Installing”, page 122 .
9 - Bolt
❑ 0.9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2

98 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

10 - Adjuster
❑ For adjusting the headlamp housing to the bumper contour
11 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
12 - Height Adjusting Screw
13 - Gasket
❑ Cannot be replaced separately If damaged replace the height adjustment
14 - Housing Cover
15 - Control Module for Lighting Control
❑ Left Light Control Module - J1018- , Right Light Control Module - J1023-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 , Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
16 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
17 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
18 - Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor
❑ Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- , Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Left and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing”,
page 127 .
19 - HID Headlamp Bulb
❑ Left HID Headlamp Bulb - L13- integrated in the Left HID Headlamp Control Module - J343- , Right HID
Headlamp Bulb - L14- integrated in the Right HID Headlamp Control Module - J344-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Left and Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing and Installing”, page 124 .
20 - Breather Hose
❑ For the headlamp housing
21 - Sealing Frame
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.4 Sealing Frame, Removing and installing”, page 106 .
22 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
23 - Headlamp Housing Bracket
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.2 Headlamp Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 105 .

1. Headlamps 99
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Component Location Automatic High Beam Assist Control Mod‐

ule - J844-
♦ Integrated in the interior rearview mirror base.
TIP
The Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844- cannot
be replaced separately. If faulty replace the interior rearview mir‐
ror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview
Mirror; Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing .

1.1.3 Overview - Headlamps, LED Headlamps

1 - Filter Membrane
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.3 Filter Mem‐
brane, Removing and
Installing”, page 105 .
2 - Headlamp Housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp
Housing, Removing and
Installing”, page 102 .
3 - Headlamp Fan 2
❑ Only for Matrix head‐
lamps
❑ Left Headlamp Fan 2 -
V463- , Right Headlamp
Fan 2 - V464-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11.2 Left and Right
Headlamp Fan 2 V463 /
V464 , Removing and
Installing”, page 129 .
4 - Adjusting Nut
❑ For the headlamp height
adjustment
5 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
6 - Mount
❑ For the LED headlamp
power output module 1
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11.2 Left and Right Headlamp Fan 2 V463 / V464 , Removing and Installing”, page 129 .
7 - LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1
❑ For the headlamp electronics
❑ Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A31- , Right LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A27-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.1 Right and Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1 A27 / A31 , Removing and Installing”,
page 125 .

100 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
9 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
10 - Adjuster
❑ For adjusting the headlamp housing to the bumper contour
11 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
12 - Height Adjusting Screw
13 - Housing Cover
14 - Control Module for Lighting Control
❑ Left Light Control Module - J1018- , Right Light Control Module - J1023-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 , Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
15 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
16 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
17 - Gasket
❑ Cannot be replaced separately If damaged replace the height adjustment
18 - Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor
❑ Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- , Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V49-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Left and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing”,
page 127 .
19 - Headlamp Fan
❑ Left Headlamp Fan - V407- , Right Headlamp Fan - V408-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.11 Headlamp Fan, Removing and Installing”, page 128 .
20 - Breather Hose
❑ For the headlamp housing
21 - Sealing Frame
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.4 Sealing Frame, Removing and installing”, page 106 .
22 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
23 - Headlamp Housing Bracket
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.2 Headlamp Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 105 .

1. Headlamps 101
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 102
⇒ “1.2.2 Headlamp Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 105
⇒ “1.2.3 Filter Membrane, Removing and Installing”, page 105
⇒ “1.2.4 Sealing Frame, Removing and installing”, page 106

1.2.1 Headlamp Housing, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Turn on the ignition and disconnect the ground cable from the
battery. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and
Installing .
– If equipped: release the catches in direction of -arrows- and
remove the air duct -1-.

102 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Loosen the bolts -5- four turns.

– Remove the bolts -1, 2, 6 and 7-.
– Disconnect the connector -4-.

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
With the headlamps switched on the HID headlamp compo‐
nents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock is possible from contact with the
components.
– With the illumination switched on never contact the compo‐
nents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbols.
– When performing procedures switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Disconnect the connector -4-.

CAUTION
Pyrotechnical components can deploy unintentionally.
Risk of injury.
– Discharge the static electricity: quickly touch the door striker.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Remove the connector lock -2-, press it down in direction of

-arrow-, and disconnect the connector -1- on the crash sensor.

– Remove the headlamp housing slightly forward and remove

the bleeder hose -2-.
– Remove the headlamp housing.
1 - Ignore

1. Headlamps 103
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Make sure the adjusting nut -2- on the adjusting mechanism
-1- moves easily in direction of -arrows-.
– Turn the adjusting nut all the way down, but do not tighten it.

– Insert the headlamp housing, at the same time the securing

tab -2- must engage in the mount -1- on the lock carrier in
direction of -arrow-.

– Connect the connector -4-.

– Align the headlamp housing with the edge of the fender and
tighten the bolt -2-.
• The headlamp housing must be flush with the fender.
– Tighten the bolts -1, 5, 6 and 7-.
TIP
Tightening the bolt -5- automatically turns the adjusting nut on the
adjuster against the headlamp housing mounting point and se‐
cures the housing.
– Connect the connector -3-.

104 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

CAUTION
Pyrotechnical components can deploy unintentionally.
Risk of injury.
– Discharge the static electricity: quickly touch the door striker.

– Attach the connector -1- until it clicks into place on the crash
sensor -arrow-.
– Push in the connector lock -2-, the connector is secured by
this.
– Push the bleeder hose on the connection.
– Connect the battery with the ignition switched on. Required
actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Adjust the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamps”, page 96

1.2.2 Headlamp Mount, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Remove the headlamp housing. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 102 .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 6-.
– Remove the mount -2-.
– Release the catch -4- and remove the bracket -5- from the
headlamp housing -3- in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamps”, page 96

1.2.3 Filter Membrane, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Remove the front wheel housing liner front section. Refer to
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Versions with side charge air cooler: remove the front bumper
cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper;
Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing .

1. Headlamps 105
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Pry out the filter membrane -1- in direction of -arrow- and re‐
move it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.2.4 Sealing Frame, Removing and installing

Removing
– Remove the headlamp housing. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 102 .
– Detach the frame -2- from the top and bottom of the headlamp
housing -1- -arrows- and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting

⇒ “1.3.1 HID Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106
⇒ “1.3.2 LED Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 109

1.3.1 HID Headlamp, Adjusting

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Approved Headlamp Adjusting Unit
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
♦ The following test and adjustment description applies to all
countries.
♦ However, national guidelines or regulations of the country
must be observed.
Test and Adjusting Conditions
• Tire pressure is OK.
• The headlamp glass must be clean and dry.
• The headlamp glass must not be damaged.
• Headlamp reflectors and bulbs are OK.
Vehicles with Coil Springs:
• The vehicle must be under load.
Vehicle load on driver seat in otherwise unloaded vehicle (curb
weight).

106 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• One person or 75 kg (165.34 lbs).

The curb weight is the weight of the operational vehicle with a
completely full fuel tank, including the weight of all equipment
carried while in operation.
• Fuel tank: at least 90% full.
• Equipment: for example, spare tire, tools, vehicle jack, fire ex‐
tinguisher, etc.
If the fuel tank is not at least 90% full, the load must be created
as follows.
– Check the fuel tank fill level in the instrument cluster fuel gauge
and compare it with the following table. Place additional weight
in the luggage compartment, if necessary.
Fuel Gauge Additional Weight
75 Liter (19.81 gallon) 85 Liter (22.45 gallon)
Fuel Tank Fuel Tank
1/4 57 kg (125.66 lbs) 64 kg (141.09 lbs)
1/2 38 kg (83.77 lbs) 43 kg (94.79 lbs)
3/4 19 kg (41.88 lbs) 21 kg (46.29 lbs)
full 0 0
Example: if the fuel tank is half full, an additional 38 kg (83.77
lbs) must be placed in the luggage compartment.

Note

Use containers filled with water as additional weight (a five liter

container filled with water weighs approximately five kg (11.02
gallons)).

Vehicles with Air Suspension

• The compressed air reservoir must be filled. Start the engine
and let it run in the neutral position for approximately two mi‐
nutes.
Continuation for All Vehicles

1. Headlamps 107
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• The electro-mechanical parking brake must not be engaged

so that the vehicle is not under stress.
• The vehicle and headlamp adjusting unit must be on a level
surface.
• The headlamp adjusting unit must be aligned to the vehicle.
Refer to the Headlamp Adjusting Unit Operating Instructions.
• The headlamp adjusting unit must be distance -a- = 10 to 50
cm in front of the headlamp and should not deviate more than
dimension -b- = 3 cm from the center point of the headlamp.
• The angle dimension is set on the headlamp adjusting unit.
Refer to the Headlamp Adjusting Unit Operating Instructions.
• The angle dimension -arrow- is stamped for ECE countries on
the upper edge of the headlamp -1- in “%”.
• The standard angle dimension for the USA is 0.7%.

Note

The percentage value is based on a 10 meter projection distance.

An angle dimension of 1.0%, for example, converts to 10 cm.

Preliminary Work
– Turn the light switch to “low beam” – not to “Auto”.
– Close all the doors and the rear lid and keep them closed for
the duration of the testing/adjusting procedure.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module functions
♦ 09 - Adjusting headlamps

Note

♦ The headlamps move into the basic setting with this program.
♦ If the vehicle has air suspension, the suspension will move into
the air suspension normal level at the same time.

– Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the

Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.
– During the program, it will be asked to perform a headlamp
adjustment.

108 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Headlamp Adjustment
TIP
The image and the following description apply to the headlamp
adjusting unit. Pay attention to the Owner's Manual for the Ap‐
proved Headlamp Adjusting Unit . Refer to the Headlamp Adjust‐
ing Unit Owner's Manual.
• The horizontal cut-off line must touch the cut-off line -1- on the
adjusting unit test surface.
• The bend point -2- between the left horizontal part and the right
rising part of the cut-off line must run vertically through the
central mark -3-. The bright core of the light beam must be to
the right of the vertical.
– To determine the bend point -2- more easily, cover and un‐
cover the left half of the headlamp (seen in direction of travel)
several times. Then check the low beam again.
• After adjusting the low beam according to the instructions, the
center of the high beam light beam must be on the central
marking -3-.

– To adjust the height of the headlamp, set the cut-off line just
above the dividing line with the adjustment screw -1-.
– Then adjust the cut-off line on the dividing line, starting from
the top.
– For side adjustment, turn the adjusting screw -2-.
TIP:
The right headlamp layout is a mirror image.
– Vehicles with air suspension: after successful headlamp ad‐
justment, follow the instructions on the Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester display in order to leave the air suspension standard
vehicle height
– Disconnect the data link connector.

1.3.2 LED Headlamp, Adjusting

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Approved Headlamp Adjusting Unit
♦ The following test and adjustment description applies to all
countries.
♦ However, national guidelines or regulations of the country
must be observed.
Test and Adjusting Conditions
• Tire pressure is OK.
• The headlamp glass must be clean and dry.
• The headlamp glass must not be damaged.
• Headlamp reflectors and bulbs are OK.
• Vehicles with Matrix LED headlamps: Only use the Approved
Headlamp Adjusting Unit for the headlamp adjustment, be‐
cause after the headlamp adjustment the Matrix LED head‐

1. Headlamps 109
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

lamps must be calibrated. Refer to

⇒ “1.4 Headlamps, Calibrating”, page 112 .
Vehicles with Coil Springs
• The vehicle must be under load.
Vehicle load on driver seat in otherwise unloaded vehicle (curb
weight).
• One person or 75 kg (165.34 lbs)
The curb weight is the weight of the operational vehicle with a
completely full fuel tank, including the weight of all equipment
carried while in operation.
• Fuel tank: at least 90% full.
• Equipment: for example, spare tire, tools, vehicle jack, fire ex‐
tinguisher, etc.
If the fuel tank is not at least 90% full, the load must be created
as follows.
– Check the fuel tank fill level in the instrument cluster fuel gauge
and compare it with the following table. Place additional weight
in the luggage compartment, if necessary.
Fuel Gauge Additional Weight
75 Liter (19.81 gallon) 85 Liter (22.45 gallon)
Fuel Tank Fuel Tank
1/4 57 kg (125.66 lbs) 64 kg (141.09 lbs)
1/2 38 kg (83.77 lbs) 43 kg (94.79 lbs)
3/4 19 kg (41.88 lbs) 21 kg (46.29 lbs)
full 0 0
Example: if the fuel tank is half full, an additional 38 kg (83.77
lbs) must be placed in the luggage compartment.

Note

Use containers filled with water as additional weight (a five liter

container filled with water weighs approximately five kg (11.02
lbs)).

Vehicles with Air Suspension

• The compressed air reservoir must be filled. Start the engine
and let it run in the neutral position for approximately two mi‐
nutes.
Continuation for All Vehicles

110 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• The electro-mechanical parking brake must not be engaged

so that the vehicle is not under stress.
• The vehicle and headlamp adjusting unit must be on a level
surface.
• The headlamp adjusting unit must be aligned to the vehicle.
To do this, slide the headlamp adjusting unit a distance of 00
mm (3.93 in.) centered in front of the vehicle and aligned to
the vehicle front. Refer to Headlamp Adjusting Owner's Man‐
ual.
• Slide the headlamp adjusting unit in front of the corresponding
headlamp and check the alignment again.
• The headlamp adjusting unit must be aligned at the center of
the marked reflector segment -arrow-.
• The angle dimension is set on the headlamp adjusting unit.
Refer to the Headlamp Adjusting Unit Operating Instructions.
• The angle dimension -arrow- is stamped for ECE countries on
the upper edge of the headlamp -1- in “%”.
• The standard angle dimension for the USA is 0.7%.

Note

The percentage value is based on a 10 meter projection distance.

An angle dimension of 1.0%, for example, converts to 10 cm.

Preliminary Work
– Turn the light switch to “low beam” – not to “Auto”.
– Close all the doors and the rear lid and keep them closed for
the duration of the testing/adjusting procedure.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module functions
♦ 09 - Adjusting headlamps

Note

♦ The headlamps move into the basic setting with this program.
♦ If the vehicle has air suspension, the suspension will move into
the air suspension normal level at the same time.

– Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the

Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.

1. Headlamps 111
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– During the program, it will be asked to perform a headlamp

adjustment.
Headlamp Adjustment

Note

The image and the following description apply to the headlamp

adjusting unit. Pay attention to the Owner's Manual for the Ap‐
proved Headlamp Adjusting Unit . Refer to the Headlamp Adjust‐
ing Unit Owner's Manual.

• The horizontal cut-off line must touch the cut-off line -1- on the
adjusting unit test surface.
• The bend point -2- between the left horizontal part and the right
rising part of the cut-off line must run vertically through the
central mark -3-. The bright core of the light beam must be to
the right of the vertical.
– To determine the bend point -2- more easily, cover and un‐
cover the left half of the headlamp (seen in direction of travel)
several times. Then check the low beam again.
• After adjusting the low beam according to the instructions, the
center of the high beam light beam must be on the central
marking -3-.

– To adjust the height of the headlamp, set the cut-off line just
above the dividing line with the adjustment screw -1-.
– Then adjust the cut-off line on the dividing line, starting from
the top.
– For side adjustment, turn the adjusting screw -2-.
TIP:
The right headlamp layout is a mirror image.
– Vehicles with air suspension: after the headlamp adjustment
has been successful, follow the instructions on the Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester display in order to leave the air suspension
standard vehicle height.
– Disconnect the diagnostic connector.

1.4 Headlamps, Calibrating

⇒ “1.4.1 Matrix LED Headlamp, Calibrating using Approved
Headlamp Adjusting Unit and Vehicle Diagnostic Tester ”,
page 112

1.4.1 Matrix LED Headlamp, Calibrating using

Approved Headlamp Adjusting Unit and
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for the Approved Headlamp Adjust‐
ing Unit and the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

112 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.4.2 Matrix LED Headlamp, Calibrating using

Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B-

Note

♦ Only Matrix LED headlamps must be calibrated.

♦ The Matrix LED headlamp is calibrated. Refer to Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
♦ In this procedure the low beam is set first. Then the Matrix
beam high beam function is calibrated.

Note

Software version from V 0.80 for the -VAS5209B- is required to

calibrate the Matrix beam high beam function.

The Matrix Headlamp Must Be Calibrated after the following

Work:
• Headlamp position was changed (removing and installing,
loosening and tightening the screws)
• Headlamps were adjusted.
• The Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242- was
replaced.
• The Drivetrain Control Module - J775- was calibrated or re‐
placed.
• The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- was re‐
placed.
• The Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76- , Right
Rear Level Control System Sensor - G77- , Left Front Level
Control System Sensor - G78- or Right Front Level Control
System Sensor - G289- was replaced.
• “No or incorrect basic setting/adaptation” is stored in the DTC
memory.
• Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A31- / Right LED
Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A27- was replaced.
Requirements
• Follow the complete test and adjustment requirements. Refer
to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106 .
Procedure
– Align the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B- at the dis‐
tance -a- = 100 mm to the vehicle center. Refer to the Owner's
Manual.

1. Headlamps 113
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Check the parallel alignment of the Headlamp Adjusting Unit

- VAS5209B- to the vehicle transverse axis. To do so, align
the laser beam of the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B-
to the left and right front fender bolts -arrows-.
– Push the -VAS5209B- in front of the left headlamp and check
the parallel alignment again.
• To prevent glare for the other motorists, pay attention to the
exact orientation of the headlamp adjusting unit.
Calibrating
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester is connected.
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module functions
♦ 09 - Adjusting headlamps
Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester display. The low beam must be adjusted
first for this procedure. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 LED Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 109 .
Further along in the program sequence a request is made to de‐
termine/read and to input the angle value of the inner segment
edge of the left headlamp in the headlamp adjusting unit.
– Center the light collecting box lens to the headlamp reference
segment.

– In the main menu of the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B-

press the “F1” button -arrow- to measure the angle value.

114 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Shown on display:
– Push the button -arrow- for the left fog lamp for at least three
seconds.

Shown on display:
• The angle values of the inner reference segment edge are
displayed.
– Enter the angle value -arrow- of the inner reference segment
edge in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . While doing so, pay
attention to the sign if necessary.

– Push the “F4” button -arrow- on the Headlamp Adjusting Unit

- VAS5209B- .
Further along in the program sequence a request is made to de‐
termine/read and to input the angle value of the inner segment
edge of the right headlamp in the headlamp adjusting unit.

– Align the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS5209B- at the dis‐

tance -a- = 100 mm (3.93 in.) to the center of the vehicle. Refer
to the Owner's Manual.

1. Headlamps 115
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Check the parallel alignment of the -VAS5209B- to the vehicle

transverse axis. To do so, align the laser beam of the -
VAS5209B- to the left and right front fender bolts -arrows-.
– Push the -VAS5209B- in front of the right headlamp and check
the parallel alignment again.
– Center the light collecting box lens to the headlamp reference
segment.

– In the main menu of the -VAS5209B- , press the “F1” button

-arrow- to measure the angle value.

Shown on display:
– Push the button -arrow- for the right fog lamp for at least three
seconds.

Shown on display:
• The angle values of the inner reference segment edge are
displayed.
– Enter the angle value -arrow- of the inner reference segment
edge in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . While doing so, pay
attention to the sign if necessary.

116 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Push the “F4” button -arrow- on the Headlamp Adjusting Unit

- VAS5209B- .
– After completing the calibration, read the DTC memory and
correct any existing faults.

1.4.3 Matrix LED Headlamp, Calibrating using

Headlight Adjusting Unit - VAS621001-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS 621001- with software version
1.00.004

Note

♦ Only Matrix LED headlamps must be calibrated.

♦ The Matrix LED headlamp is calibrated. Refer to Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
♦ In this procedure the low beam is set first. Then the Matrix
beam high beam function is calibrated.

The Matrix Headlamp Must Be Calibrated after the following

Work:
• Headlamp position was changed (removing and installing,
loosening and tightening the screws)
• Headlamps were adjusted.
• The Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242- was
replaced.
• The Drivetrain Control Module - J775- was calibrated or re‐
placed.
• The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- was re‐
placed.
• The Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76- , Right
Rear Level Control System Sensor - G77- , Left Front Level
Control System Sensor - G78- or Right Front Level Control
System Sensor - G289- was replaced.
• “No or incorrect basic setting/adaptation” is stored in the DTC
memory.
• Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A31- / Right LED
Headlamp Power Output Module 1 - A27- was replaced.
Requirements
• Pay attention to the testing and adjustment requirements. Re‐
fer to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106 .

1. Headlamps 117
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Procedure
– Align the Headlight Adjusting Unit - VAS621001- at the dis‐
tance -a- = 100 mm to the vehicle center. Refer to the Owner's
Manual.

– Check the parallel alignment of the -VAS621001- to the vehi‐

cle transverse axis by aligning the -VAS621001- laser beam
on the left and right front fender bolts -arrows-.
– Push the -VAS621001- in front of the left headlamp to check
the parallel alignment again.
• To prevent glare for the other motorists, pay attention to the
exact orientation of the headlamp adjusting unit.
Calibrating
The Vehicle Diagnostic Tester is connected.
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module functions
♦ 09 - Adjusting headlamps
Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester display. The low beam must be adjusted
first for this procedure. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 LED Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 109 .
Further along in the program sequence a request is made to de‐
termine/read and to input the angle value of the inner segment
edge of the left headlamp in the headlamp adjusting unit.
– Center the light collecting box lens to the headlamp reference
segment.

118 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– To do so, press the “OEM” button -arrow- in the main menu on

the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS 621001- to start the meas‐
urement procedure.

– Select “Audi” -arrow-.

Shown on display:
– Press the button -arrow-.

Shown on display:
– Press the button -arrow-.
– Wait a moment until the light measurement is active.

1. Headlamps 119
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Shown on display:
• The angle values of the inner reference segment edge are
displayed.
– Enter the angle value -arrow- of the inner reference segment
edge in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . While doing so, pay
attention to the sign if necessary.
Further along in the program sequence a request is made to de‐
termine/read and to input the angle value of the inner segment
edge of the right headlamp in the headlamp adjusting unit.

– Align the -VAS621001- at the distance -a- = 100 mm to the

center of the vehicle. Refer to the Owner's Manual.

– Check the parallel alignment of the -VAS621001- to the vehi‐

cle transverse axis by aligning the -VAS621001- laser beam
on the left and right front fender bolts -arrows-.
– Push the Headlamp Adjusting Unit - VAS621001- in front of
the right headlamp and check the parallel alignment again.
– Center the light collecting box lens to the headlamp reference
segment.

Shown on display:
– Press the button -arrow-.
– Wait until the light measurement is complete.

120 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Shown on display:
• The angle values of the inner reference segment edge are
displayed.
– Enter the angle value -arrow- of the inner reference segment
edge in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . While doing so, pay
attention to the sign if necessary.
– After completing the calibration, read the DTC memory and
correct any existing faults.

1.5 Left and Right Front Turn Signal Bulb -

M5- / -M7- , Removing and Installing
This procedure description only refers to the HID headlamp.
Removing

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
When the headlamps are switched on, the HID headlamp com‐
ponents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock may occur if components are con‐
tacted.
– Never touch the components marked with the yellow high-
voltage symbols when the lighting is switched on.
– When performing procedures, switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Remove the headlamp cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper .
– Turn the housing cover -1- counter-clockwise in direction of
-arrow- and remove it from the headlamp housing.

1. Headlamps 121
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bulb socket -1- from the housing -2-.

– Remove the bulb -4- from the bulb socket -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Install the new bulb. Be careful not to touch the bulb glass with
bare hands.
– Close the housing cover clockwise.

1.6 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp

and Position Lamp LED Module -L176- /
-L177- , Removing and Installing
This procedure description only refers to the HID headlamp.
Removing

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
When the headlamps are switched on, the HID headlamp com‐
ponents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock may occur if components are con‐
tacted.
– Never touch the components marked with the yellow high-
voltage symbols when the lighting is switched on.
– When performing procedures, switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Remove the headlamp housing. Refer to

⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 102 .

122 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -1 and 3-.

– Remove the LED module -2- from the headlamp housing -4-.
– Disconnect the connector -5- by pressing the release buttons
in direction of -arrows-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Check the seal -arrow- for damage.

– Pay attention to the installation of the seal -arrow- must be
positioned on the headlamp housing.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Headlamps, HID Headlamps”, page 98

1.7 Left and Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb -

L22- / -L23- , Removing and Installing
This procedure description only refers to the HID headlamp.
Removing

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
When the headlamps are switched on, the HID headlamp com‐
ponents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock may occur if components are con‐
tacted.
– Never touch the components marked with the yellow high-
voltage symbols when the lighting is switched on.
– When performing procedures, switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Remove the headlamp cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper .

1. Headlamps 123
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Turn the housing cover -1- counter-clockwise in direction of

-arrow- and remove it from the headlamp housing.
– Remove the bulb -1- from the spring clips -arrows-.

– Disconnect the connector -2- from the bulb.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the new bulb in the socket. Do not touch the bulb glass
with bare hands.
– Close the housing cover clockwise.

1.8 Left and Right HID Headlamp Bulb -

L13- / -L14- , Removing and Installing
The HID headlamp bulb is integrated in the HID headlamp control
module. It cannot be replaced alone.
Removing

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
When the headlamps are switched on, the HID headlamp com‐
ponents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock may occur if components are con‐
tacted.
– Never touch the components marked with the yellow high-
voltage symbols when the lighting is switched on.
– When performing procedures, switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Remove the front wheel housing liner front section. Refer to

⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Left Light Control Module - J1018- or Right Light
Control Module - J1023- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 126 .

124 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Unclip the connector from the control module for the light from
the housing cover -1- to do so press the four tabs. Remove the
housing cover -1-.

– Turn the HID headlamp bulb -2- counter-clockwise in direction

of -arrow- and remove it from the housing.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the new HID headlamp bulb into the housing. Do not
touch the bulb glass with bare hands while doing so.
• Installation position: the electrical connection points down‐
ward.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Headlamps, HID Headlamps”, page 98

1.9 Headlamp Power Output Module, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “1.9.1 Right and Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module 1
A27 / A31 , Removing and Installing”, page 125
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 126

1.9.1 Right and Left LED Headlamp Power

Output Module 1 -A27- / -A31- , Remov‐
ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the headlamp housing. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 102 .

1. Headlamps 125
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the power output module -1-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– To disconnect push the connector tab -4-, pivot the retaining
bracket -5- upward and remove the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the seal -2- for damage.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Headlamps, LED Headlamps”, page 100

1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module -

J1018- / -J1023- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the left or right headlamp cover. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the power output module -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the seal -2- for damage.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamps”, page 96

126 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.10 Left and Right Headlamp Beam Adjust‐

ment Motor -V48- / -V49- , Removing
and Installing
Removing

CAUTION
Extremely dangerous due to high-voltage.
When the headlamps are switched on, the HID headlamp com‐
ponents marked with the yellow high-voltage symbol are under
high voltage. Electric shock may occur if components are con‐
tacted.
– Never touch the components marked with the yellow high-
voltage symbols when the lighting is switched on.
– When performing procedures, switch off the ignition and all
electrical equipment, and place the ignition key outside of
the vehicle.
– Do not operate the flashers.

– Remove the front wheel housing liner front section. Refer to

⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Left Light Control Module - J1018- or Right Light
Control Module - J1023- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Unclip the connector from the control module for the light from
the housing cover -1- to do so press the four tabs. Remove the
housing cover -1-.

– Pry out the height adjusting screw -3- in the direction of

-arrow A-.
– The height adjustment -3- must be replaced.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
– Turn the adjustment motor -2- counter-clockwise in direction
of -arrow B- and tilt it downward. This disengages the ball head
upward from the ball head mount.
– Remove the adjustment motor.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the adjusting axle ball head into the lamp unit ball socket
in the headlamp from above, to do so push the lamp unit to‐
ward the rear.

1. Headlamps 127
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Check the seal -1- on the height adjusting screw -2- for dam‐
age.
– Close the housing cover and tighten the bolts.
– Adjust the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 106 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamps”, page 96

1.11 Headlamp Fan, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.11.1 Left and Right Headlamp Fan V407 / V408 , Removing
and Installing”, page 128
⇒ “1.11.2 Left and Right Headlamp Fan 2 V463 / V464 , Removing
and Installing”, page 129

1.11.1 Left and Right Headlamp Fan -V407- / -

V408- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front wheel housing liner front section. Refer to
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Left Light Control Module - J1018- or Right Light
Control Module - J1023- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Left and Right Light Control Module J1018 / J1023 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Unclip the connector from the control module for the light from
the housing cover -1- to do so press the four tabs. Remove the
housing cover -1-.

– Press the release button and disconnect the connector -1-.

– Turn the fan -2- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow- and
remove.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Headlamps, LED Headlamps”, page 100

128 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.11.2 Left and Right Headlamp Fan 2 -V463- /

-V464- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the power output module 1 for LED headlamp. Refer
to
⇒ “1.9.1 Right and Left LED Headlamp Power Output Module
1 A27 / A31 , Removing and Installing”, page 125 .

– Remove the bolts -arrows-, remove the mount -1- at the same
time guide out the wiring harness -2-.
– Turn the fan -1- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow- and
remove.

– Press the release button and disconnect the connector -2-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Headlamps, LED Headlamps”, page 100

1.12 Headlamps, Changing from RHD to

LHD
If the vehicle is driven in countries where the traffic drives on the
other side of the road than where it is normally driven, no actions
must be performed.

1.13 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD

If the vehicle is driven in countries where the traffic drives on the
other side of the road than where it is normally driven, no actions
must be performed.

1. Headlamps 129
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Daytime Running Lamps

⇒ “2.1 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing and Installing”, page 130
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Signature Lighting”, page 130
⇒ “2.3 Signature Lighting, Removing and Installing”, page 131
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Signature Lighting Bulb L275 / L276 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 131

2.1 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp

and Position Lamp LED Module -L176- /
-L177- , Removing and Installing
Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing and Installing”, page 122

2.2 Overview - Signature Lighting

1 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
2 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Signature Lighting Bulb
❑ Left Signature Lighting
Bulb - L275- , Right Sig‐
nature Lighting Bulb -
L276-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right
Signature Lighting Bulb
L275 / L276 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 131 .
4 - Signature Lighting
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Signature Light‐
ing, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 131 .
5 - Bumper Cover

130 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.3 Signature Lighting, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Left side: remove the bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and
Installing .
– Right side: remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Vehicles with ACC: remove the control module for the adaptive
cruise control. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing
and Installing”, page 50 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the signature lighting -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Signature Lighting”, page 130

2.4 Left and Right Signature Lighting Bulb -

L275- / -L276- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the signature lighting. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Signature Lighting, Removing and Installing”,
page 131 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the signature lighting bulb -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Check the seal -2- for damage.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Signature Lighting”, page 130

2. Daytime Running Lamps 131

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Side Marker Lamp

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Side Marker Lamp”, page 132
⇒ “3.2 Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 133

3.1 Overview - Side Marker Lamp

1 - Tail Lamp
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Tail Lamp, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 143 .
2 - Rear Side Marker Lamp
Bulb
❑ Left Rear Side Marker
Lamp Bulb - M37-
❑ Right Rear Side Marker
Lamp Bulb - M38-
❑ 12V, 3 W (W3W)
❑ Bulb, replacing. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Side Marker
Lamp Bulb, Removing
and Installing”,
page 133 .
3 - Bulb Socket
4 - Headlamp Housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Headlamp
Housing, Removing and
Installing”, page 102 .
5 - Front Side Marker Lamp
Bulb
❑ Left Front Side Marker
Lamp Bulb - M33-
❑ Right Front Side Marker
Lamp Bulb - M34-
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately Volkswagen Technical Site: https://vwts.ru
❑ If faulty replace the headlamp housing
6 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification -Item 18- ⇒ Item 18 (page 141) .
7 - Cap
❑ For bolt
❑ In the bumper cover

132 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.2 Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb, Remov‐

ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the tail lamp. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 143 .
– Turn the socket -1- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow-
and remove it from the tail lamp.
– Remove the bulb -4- from the bulb socket -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the seal -2- for damage.
– Insert new bulbs in the bulb socket. Do not touch the bulb glass
with bare hands.
– Secure the socket by turning it clockwise.

3. Side Marker Lamp 133

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror”,
page 134
⇒ “4.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing”, page 135

4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror

1 - Mirror Glass
2 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Tightening Specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Exterior Rearview Mir‐
ror; Overview - Exterior
Rearview Mirror .
3 - Mirror Trim
4 - Bolt
❑ 0.9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Exterior Rearview Mirror
6 - Exterior Rearview Mirror
Turn Signal
❑ With Driver Exterior
Rearview Mirror Turn
Signal Bulb - L131-
❑ With Front Passenger
Exterior Rearview Mir‐
ror Turn Signal Bulb -
L132-
❑ The entire exterior rear‐
view mirror turn signal
must be replaced if an
LED is faulty.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Turn Signal, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 135 .
7 - Mirror Cap

134 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the mirror cap. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Cap, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Disconnect the connector -2- for the turn signal -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Release the retainers -arrows- and remove the turn signal
-2- from the exterior rearview mirror -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire exterior rearview mirror turn signal must be re‐
placed if an LED is faulty.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror”,
page 134

4. Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror 135

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 Exterior Door Handle Lamps

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Exterior Door Handle Lamps”, page 136
⇒ “5.2 Exterior Door Handle Illumination Bulb, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 137

5.1 Overview - Exterior Door Handle Lamps

1 - Exterior Door Handle Illu‐

mination Bulb
Front exterior door handle
❑ Left Front Exterior Door
Handle Illumination
Bulb - L162-
❑ Right Front Exterior
Door Handle Illumina‐
tion Bulb - L163-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.1 Left and Right
Front Exterior Door
Handle Illumination
Bulb L162 / L163 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 137 .
Rear exterior door handle
❑ Left Rear Exterior Door
Handle Illumination
Bulb - L168-
❑ Right Rear Exterior
Door Handle Illumina‐
tion Bulb - L169-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Left and Right
Rear Exterior Door Han‐
dle Illumination Bulb
L168 / L169 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 137 .
2 - Exterior Door Handle
3 - Connector
4 - Wiring Guide

136 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5.2 Exterior Door Handle Illumination Bulb,

Removing and Installing
⇒ “5.2.1 Left and Right Front Exterior Door Handle Illumination
Bulb L162 / L163 , Removing and Installing”, page 137
⇒ “5.2.2 Left and Right Rear Exterior Door Handle Illumination
Bulb L168 / L169 , Removing and Installing”, page 137

5.2.1 Left and Right Front Exterior Door Han‐

dle Illumination Bulb -L162- / -L163- ,
Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ T-Handle Hook - 3438-
Removing
– Remove the exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Release the retaining tabs in direction of -arrows A- and re‐
move the connector -2-.
– Carefully release the retaining hooks in direction of
-arrows B- using a small screwdriver and remove the wiring
guide -1-.
– If it is not possible to remove the exterior door handle illumi‐
nation bulb on a vehicle with keyless entry because the wires
are twisted, then release the tabs in direction of -arrows C- and
remove the connector -3-.

– Release the bulb -1- on the exterior door handle -2- using the
T-Handle Hook - 3438- .
– Remove the bulb from the exterior door handle in direction of
-arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire exterior door handle illumination bulb must be re‐
placed if the LED is faulty.

5.2.2 Left and Right Rear Exterior Door Han‐

dle Illumination Bulb -L168- / -L169- ,
Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ T-Handle Hook - 3438-

5. Exterior Door Handle Lamps 137

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Remove the exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 58 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Release the retaining tabs in direction of -arrows A- and re‐
move the connector -2-.
– Carefully release the retaining hooks in direction of
-arrows B- using a small screwdriver and remove the wiring
guide -1-.
– If it is not possible to remove the exterior door handle illumi‐
nation bulb on a vehicle with keyless entry because the wires
are twisted, then release the tabs -arrows C- and remove the
connector -3-.

– Release the bulb -1- on the exterior door handle -2- using the
-3438- .
– Remove the bulb from the exterior door handle in direction of
-arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire exterior door handle illumination bulb must be re‐
placed if the LED is faulty.

138 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 Sill Panel Strip Lamps

⇒ “6.1 Overview - Entry Lamp”, page 139

6.1 Overview - Entry Lamp

1 - Driver Side Sill Panel Strip

Ambient Lighting Lamp -
W102-
❑ Integrated in the sill pan‐
el
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Replace the sill panel
when faulty. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Molding/Trim/Ex‐
tensions/Trim Panels;
Sill Panel Trim, Remov‐
ing and Installing .
2 - Front Passenger Side Sill
Panel Strip Ambient Lighting
Lamp - W103-
❑ Integrated in the sill pan‐
el
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Replace the sill panel
when faulty. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Molding/Trim/Ex‐
tensions/Trim Panels;
Sill Panel Trim, Remov‐
ing and Installing .
3 - Front Passenger Side Rear
Side Sill Panel Strip Ambient
Lighting Lamp - W104-
❑ Integrated in the sill pan‐
el
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Replace the sill panel
when faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Panels; Sill Panel
Trim, Removing and Installing .
4 - Driver Side Rear Side Sill Panel Strip Ambient Lighting Lamp - W105-
❑ Integrated in the sill panel
❑ Cannot be replaced separately
❑ Replace the sill panel when faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Molding/Trim/Extensions/
Trim Panels; Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing .

6. Sill Panel Strip Lamps 139

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 Tail Lamps
⇒ “7.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 140
⇒ “7.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page 142
⇒ “7.3 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 143
⇒ “7.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 144
⇒ “7.5 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing”, page 144
⇒ “7.6 Rear Lid - Closed - Sensor 1 and 2 G525 / G526 , Removing
and Installing”, page 145

7.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps

1 - Tail Lamp
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Tail Lamp, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 143 .
2 - Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Brake/Tail Lamp
Bulb 3 - M82-
❑ Right Brake/Tail Lamp
Bulb 3 - M83-
❑ 12 V, 16 W (W16W)
❑ Bulb, Replacing. Refer
to
⇒ “7.5.1 Bumper Cover
Tail Lamp Bulbs, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 144 .
3 - Gasket
❑ Replace if damaged.
4 - Rear Turn Signal Bulb
❑ Left Rear Turn Signal
Bulb 2 - M80-
❑ Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb 2 - M81-
❑ 12 V, 21 W
❑ Bulb, Replacing. Refer
to
⇒ “7.5.1 Bumper Cover
Tail Lamp Bulbs, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 144 .
5 - Gasket
❑ Replace if damaged.
6 - Bulb Socket
7 - Bulb Socket
8 - Gasket
❑ Replace if damaged.

140 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

9 - Bulb Socket
10 - Bulb Socket
11 - Lock Carrier Trim Panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels;
Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing
12 - Rear Lid - Closed - Sensor
❑ Rear Lid -Closed- Sensor 1 - G525-
❑ Rear Lid -Closed- Sensor 2 - G526-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Rear Lid - Closed - Sensor 1 and 2 G525 / G526 , Removing and Installing”, page 145 .
13 - Bolt
❑ 0.9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
14 - Gasket
❑ Replace if damaged.
15 - Rear Fog Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Rear Fog Lamp Bulb - L46-
❑ Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb - L47-
❑ 12 V, 16 W (W16W)
❑ Bulb, replacing. Refer to
⇒ “7.5.1 Bumper Cover Tail Lamp Bulbs, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .
16 - Back-Up Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M16-
❑ Right Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M17-
❑ 12 V, 16 W (W16W)
❑ Bulb, replacing. Refer to
⇒ “7.5.1 Bumper Cover Tail Lamp Bulbs, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .
17 - Anti-Twist Mechanism
❑ For bolt
18 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
19 - Cap
❑ For bolt
❑ In the bumper cover

7. Tail Lamps 141

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps

1 - Tail Lamp
❑ In the rear lid
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Rear Lid Tail
Lamp, Removing and
Installing”, page 144 .
2 - Seal
❑ Replace if damaged.
3 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification
and sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening
Specification and Se‐
quence for the Tail
Lamps”“ , page 143 .
4 - Grommet
5 - Seal
❑ Replace if damaged.
6 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification
and sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening
Specification and Se‐
quence for the Tail
Lamps”“ , page 143 .
7 - Grommet
8 - Seal
❑ Replace if damaged.
❑ Self-adhesive
9 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification
and sequence. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification and Sequence for the Tail Lamps”“ , page 143 .
10 - Seal
❑ Replace if damaged.
11 - Seal
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Replace if damaged.

142 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Tightening Specification and Sequence for the Tail Lamps

– Tighten the nuts for the tail lamps to 3.5 Nm and in the se‐
quence -1, 2 and 3-.

7.3 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Turn the light switch to position “0”.
– To protect the paint in the area around the cap, tape it off with
a soft cloth.
– Push the upper cap -2- on the outside inward in direction of
-arrow-.
– Remove the cap and let it hang.
– Remove the bolt -1-.

– Pivot the tail lamp -1- on the inside of the bumper cover -2-
slightly outward in direction of -arrow A- and remove from the
outside from the bumper cover in direction of -arrow B-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

7. Tail Lamps 143

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– First insert the tail lamp -2- on the outside in the bumper cover
-3-. The guide -1- must engage in the mount -arrow- while do‐
ing so.
– Tighten the bolt.
– Push the cap -4- until it engages audibly in the bumper cover.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “7.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 140

7.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Turn the light switch to position “0”.
– Remove the rear lid lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid
Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the grommets -1-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the tail lamp.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Check the self-adhesive seal -1- and spacer -3- on the tail
lamp -2- for damage.
• A damaged or incorrectly attached seal must be replaced.
TIP
Water can get into the vehicle interior due to a damaged or in‐
correctly attached seal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification and Sequence for the Tail
Lamps”“ , page 143

7.5 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing

⇒ “7.5.1 Bumper Cover Tail Lamp Bulbs, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 144

7.5.1 Bumper Cover Tail Lamp Bulbs, Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the tail lamp. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 143 .

144 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Turn the socket -1- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow-

and remove it from the tail lamp.
– Remove the bulb -4- from the bulb socket -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Check the seal -2- for damage.
– Insert new bulbs in the bulb socket. Do not touch the bulb glass
with bare hands.
– Secure the socket by turning it clockwise.

7.6 Rear Lid - Closed - Sensor 1 and 2 -

G525- / -G526- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Car‐
rier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -2 and 3-.
– Remove the rear lid - closed - sensor -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “7.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 140

7. Tail Lamps 145

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 High-Mounted Brake Lamp

⇒ “8.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp”, page 146
⇒ “8.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 146

8.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp

1 - High-Mounted Brake Lamp

❑ High-Mounted Brake
Lamp Bulb - M25-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 High-Mounted
Brake Lamp Bulb, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 146 .
2 - Spring Nut
3 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
4 - Spring Nut
5 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm

8.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb, Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the roof spoiler. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Spoiler; Spoiler, Removing and Installing .

146 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -4 and 5-.

– Pivot the high-mounted brake lamp -1- on the right side out of
the roof spoiler -2- in direction of -arrow- and guide out the
wiring harness -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “8.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp”, page 146

8. High-Mounted Brake Lamp 147

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

9 License Plate Lamp

⇒ “9.1 Left and Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing and
Installing”, page 148

9.1 Left and Right License Plate Lamp -X4- /

-X5- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Turn the light switch to position “0”.
– Remove the license plate lamp -3- from the rear lid by posi‐
tioning a screwdriver -1- at the slit -2- and sliding it in the
direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire license plate lamp must be replaced if an LED is
faulty.
– Insert the license plate lamp into the opening and engage on
the opposite side.

148 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

10 Access/Start Authorization
⇒ “10.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authoriza‐
tion System”, page 149
⇒ “10.2 Component Location Overview - Keyless Access Author‐
ization System”, page 150
⇒ “10.3 Overview - Exterior Door Handle for Keyless Access Au‐
thorization System”, page 152
⇒ “10.4 Front Exterior Door Handle Switch, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 153
⇒ “10.5 Rear Exterior Door Handle Switch, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 154
⇒ “10.6 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 155
⇒ “10.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
R137 , Removing and Installing”, page 155
⇒ “10.8 Left and Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R200 /
R201 , Removing and Installing”, page 156

10.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authorization System

1 - Ignition Key
2 - Access/Start System An‐
tenna 1 in Vehicle Interior -
R138-
❑ With emergency trans‐
ponder sensor
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.2 Component Lo‐
cation Overview - Key‐
less Access Authoriza‐
tion System”,
page 150 .
3 - Storage Compartment
❑ In center console
4 - Bracket
❑ For access/start system
antenna in luggage
compartment
5 - Access/Start System An‐
tenna In Luggage Compart‐
ment - R137-
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.2 Component Lo‐
cation Overview - Key‐
less Access Authoriza‐
tion System”,
page 150 .
6 - Comfort System Central
Control Module - J393-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;

10. Access/Start Authorization 149

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Central Locking; Com‐

fort System Central Control Module - J393- , Removing and Installing .
7 - Mount
❑ For the comfort system central control module
8 - Access/Start Authorization Button - E408-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.22 Access/Start Authorization Button E408 , Removing and Installing”, page 217 .

10.2 Component Location Overview - Key‐

less Access Authorization System
⇒ “10.2.1 Component Location Overview - Front Keyless Access
Authorization System”, page 150
⇒ “10.2.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Keyless Access
Authorization System”, page 151

10.2.1 Component Location Overview - Front Keyless Access Authorization Sys‐

tem

1 - Access/Start System An‐

tenna 1 in Vehicle Interior -
R138-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.6 Access/Start
System Antenna 1 in
Vehicle Interior R138 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 155 .
2 - Storage Compartment
❑ In center console
3 - Front Passenger Side Ex‐
terior Door Handle
❑ With Right Front Exteri‐
or Door Handle Touch
Sensor - G606-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.3 Overview - Ex‐
terior Door Handle for
Keyless Access Author‐
ization System”,
page 152 .
4 - Comfort System Central
Control Module - J393-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
Central Locking; Com‐
fort System Central
Control Module - J393- ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
5 - Bracket
❑ For the comfort system
central control module

150 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 - Driver Side Exterior Door Handle

❑ With Left Front Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G605-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.3 Overview - Exterior Door Handle for Keyless Access Authorization System”, page 152 .

10.2.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Keyless Access Authorization Sys‐

tem

1 - Bracket
❑ For the comfort system
central control module
2 - Comfort System Central
Control Module - J393-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
Central Locking; Com‐
fort System Central
Control Module - J393- ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
3 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Left Access/Start Authori‐
zation Antenna - R200-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.8 Left and Right
Access/Start Authoriza‐
tion Antenna R200 /
R201 , Removing and
Installing”, page 156 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
6 - Door Inner Cover
7 - Rear Driver Side Exterior
Door Handle
❑ With the Left Rear Exte‐
rior Door Handle Touch
Sensor - G417-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.3 Overview - Ex‐
terior Door Handle for Keyless Access Authorization System”, page 152 .
8 - Rear Passenger Side Exterior Door Handle
❑ With the Right Rear Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G418-
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “10.3 Overview - Exterior Door Handle for Keyless Access Authorization System”, page 152 .
9 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
10 - Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna - R201-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “10.8 Left and Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R200 / R201 , Removing and Installing”, page
156 .

10. Access/Start Authorization 151

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

11 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
12 - Door Inner Cover
13 - Access/Start System Antenna In Luggage Compartment - R137-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “10.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Removing and Installing”, page
155 .
14 - Bracket
❑ For access/start system antenna in luggage compartment

10.3 Overview - Exterior Door Handle for Keyless Access Authorization System

1 - Connector
2 - Left Front Exterior Door
Handle Touch Sensor
❑ In the exterior door han‐
dle
Front door:
❑ Left Front Exterior Door
Handle Touch Sensor -
G605- , Right Front Ex‐
terior Door Handle
Touch Sensor - G606-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.4 Front Exterior
Door Handle Switch,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 153 .
Rear door:
❑ Left Rear Outside Door
Handle Touch Sensor -
G417- , Right Rear Out‐
side Door handle Touch
Sensor - G418-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.5 Rear Exterior
Door Handle Switch,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 154 .
3 - Anti-Theft Cover
❑ For the door lock
4 - Door Lock
5 - Mounting Bracket
6 - Lock Cylinder
❑ Only driver side
7 - Cap
❑ Driver side for the lock cylinder
❑ Front passenger side, closed version
8 - Exterior Door Handle

152 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

10.4 Front Exterior Door Handle Switch, Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ T-Handle Hook - 3438-
Removing
– Remove the exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Open the tabs in direction of -arrows A- and remove the con‐
nector -3-.
– Carefully release the hooks in direction of -arrows B- using a
small screwdriver and remove the wiring guide.
1 and 2 - Ignore
– Remove the front exterior door handle illumination bulb, if
equipped. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.1 Left and Right Front Exterior Door Handle Illumination
Bulb L162 / L163 , Removing and Installing”, page 137 .

– Unlock the cover -1- on the exterior door handle -2- using the
T-Handle Hook - 3438- .
– Remove the cover from the exterior door handle in direction of
-arrow-.
– Position a large stabile screwdriver on the exterior door handle
as shown.
– Remove the exterior door handle touch sensor toward the front
and out of the retainer on the exterior door handle with force.

10. Access/Start Authorization 153

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the exterior door handle touch sensor from the han‐
dle.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Slide the exterior door handle touch sensor in until it audibly
engages.

10.5 Rear Exterior Door Handle Switch, Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ T-Handle Hook - 3438-
Removing
– Remove the exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 58 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Open the tabs in direction of -arrows A- and remove the con‐
nector -3-.
– Carefully release the hooks in direction of -arrows B- using a
small screwdriver and remove the wiring guide.
1 and 2 - Ignore
– Remove the rear exterior door handle illumination bulb, if
equipped. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Left and Right Rear Exterior Door Handle Illumination
Bulb L168 / L169 , Removing and Installing”, page 137 .

154 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Unlock the cover -1- on the exterior door handle -2- using the
T-Handle Hook - 3438- .
– Remove the cover from the exterior door handle in direction of
-arrow-.

– Position a large stabile screwdriver on the exterior door handle

as shown.
– Remove the exterior door handle touch sensor toward the front
and out of the retainer on the exterior door handle with force.
– Remove the rear exterior door handle touch sensor from the
handle.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Slide the rear exterior door handle touch sensor in until it en‐
gages audibly.

10.6 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

hicle Interior - R138- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the locking mechanism in direction of -arrow- and re‐
move the antenna -1- from the mount.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

10.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

gage Compartment - R137- , Removing
and Installing
Removing
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Car‐
rier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

10. Access/Start Authorization 155

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the locking mechanism in direction of -arrow- and re‐

move the antenna -1- from the mount -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

10.8 Left and Right Access/Start Authoriza‐

tion Antenna -R200- / -R201- , Remov‐
ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove the antenna -1-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “10.2 Component Location Overview - Keyless Access Au‐
thorization System”, page 150

156 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

11 Steering Column Switch Module

⇒ “11.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”, page 157
⇒ “11.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 157

11.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module

1 - Steering Column
2 - Steering Column Switch
Module
❑ With the following inte‐
grated components:
♦ Turn Signal Switch - E2-
♦ Windshield Wiper Intermit‐
tent Mode Switch - E22-
♦ Cruise Control Switch -
E45-
♦ Steering Column Electron‐
ics Control Module - J527-
♦ Airbag Spiral Spring/Return
Spring with Slip Ring -
F138-
♦ Steering Angle Sensor -
G85-
❑ The components cannot
be replaced separately.
❑ If faulty replace a com‐
ponent of the switch
module
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “11.2 Steering Col‐
umn Switch Module,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 157 .
3 - Transportation Protection
❑ Remove before instal‐
ling the steering wheel
4 - Locking Ring
5 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Column;
Overview - Steering Column .

11.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Re‐

moving and Installing
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

11. Steering Column Switch Module 157

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel; Steering Wheel, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the steering column trim panels. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Overview - Steering Column Trim Panel .
– Remove the bolt -1-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the steering column switch module -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “11.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”,
page 157

158 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

12 Parking Aid
⇒ “12.1 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 159
⇒ “12.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and
Installing”, page 161
⇒ “12.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and
Installing”, page 161
⇒ “12.4 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
162
⇒ “12.5 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
163

12.1 Overview - Parking Aid

⇒ “12.1.1 Overview - Front Parking Aid”, page 159
⇒ “12.1.2 Overview - Rear Parking Aid”, page 160

12.1.1 Overview - Front Parking Aid

1 - Right Front Parking Aid

Sensor - G252-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.4 Front Parking
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 162 .
2 - Right Front Center Parking
Aid Sensor - G253-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.4 Front Parking
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 162 .
3 - Parking Aid Button - E266-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Buttons in Instru‐
ment Panel, Removing
and Installing”,
page 209 .
4 - Front Parking Aid Warning
Buzzer - H22-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.2 Front Parking
Aid Warning Buzzer
H22 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 161 .
5 - Driver Side Instrument Pan‐
el Cover
6 - Vehicle Electrical System
Control Module - J519-
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules”, page 286 .

12. Parking Aid 159

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Bracket
❑ For vehicle electrical system control module
8 - Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “12.4 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 162 .
9 - Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “12.4 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 162 .

12.1.2 Overview - Rear Parking Aid

1 - Left Rear Center Parking

Aid Sensor - G204-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.5 Rear Parking
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 163 .
2 - Left Rear Parking Aid Sen‐
sor - G203-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.5 Rear Parking
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 163 .
3 - Bracket
❑ For vehicle electrical
system control module
4 - Vehicle Electrical System
Control Module - J519-
❑ Component location
overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Component Lo‐
cation Overview - Con‐
trol Modules”,
page 286 .
5 - Expanding Clip
6 - Rear Parking Aid Warning
Buzzer - H15-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.3 Rear Parking
Aid Warning Buzzer
H15 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 161 .
7 - Expanding Clip
8 - Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “12.5 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 163 .
9 - Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G206-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “12.5 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 163 .

160 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

12.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐
ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the front parking aid warning buzzer -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H15- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the D-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; D-Pillar Trim Panel, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 4-.
– Remove the buzzer -2- with the expanding clips.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12. Parking Aid 161

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

12.4 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “12.4.1 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 162
⇒ “12.4.2 Front Parking Aid Sensors, Removing and Installing,
Audi Q7 S-line”, page 162

12.4.1 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
Removing
Exterior Sensors
– Remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .
– Press both tabs in direction of -arrows- to the side and press
the sensor -1- inward from the outside.
Interior Sensors
– Remove the bumper cover end plate. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .

– Press both tabs to the side in direction of -arrows- and at the

same time, push the sensor -3- through from the outside to‐
ward the inside.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back
and pressing the release down.
– If the sensor cannot be removed as described, then the front
bumper must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12.4.2 Front Parking Aid Sensors, Removing

and Installing, Audi Q7 S-line
Removing
Exterior Sensors
– Remove the air intake grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .

162 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and mount -4-.

– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer back and
pressing the release down.
– Press the retainers -3 and 5- to the side and at the same time,
push the sensor -1- through from the outside toward the inside.
Interior Sensors
– Remove the bumper cover end plate. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Overview - Bumper Cover .

– Press both tabs to the side in direction of -arrows- and at the

same time, push the sensor -3- through from the outside to‐
ward the inside.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back
and pressing the release down.
– If the sensor cannot be removed as described, then the front
bumper must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12.5 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “12.5.1 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles without Trailer Hitch”, page 163
⇒ “12.5.2 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles with Trailer Hitch”, page 164

12.5.1 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing, Vehicles without Trailer
Hitch
Removing
Exterior Sensors
– Reach behind the bumper cover and expand both tabs in di‐
rection of -arrows- while pushing the sensor -3- from the
outside toward the inside at the same time.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back
and pressing the release down.
Interior Sensors

12. Parking Aid 163

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts in direction of -arrows- on the lower section

of the bumper cover.
– Press both tabs to the side in direction of -arrows- and at the
same time, push the sensor -3- through from the outside to‐
ward the inside.

– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back

and pressing the release down.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12.5.2 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing, Vehicles with Trailer
Hitch
Removing
Exterior Sensors
– Reach behind the bumper cover and expand both tabs in di‐
rection of -arrows- while pushing the sensor -3- from the
outside toward the inside at the same time.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back
and pressing the release down.
Interior Sensors:

CAUTION
Risk of leg injury by releasing the trailer hitch.
– Stay outside of the ball head swivel range.

– Drive out the ball head from the trailer hitch. Refer to the Ve‐
hicles Owner's Manual.

164 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Reach through the opening and push both tabs to the side
-arrows- while pushing the sensor -3- from the outside toward
the inside at the same time.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -1- back
and pressing the release down.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

12. Parking Aid 165

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

13 Parallel Parking Assist

⇒ “13.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist”, page 166
⇒ “13.2 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 167
⇒ “13.3 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 167

13.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist

1 - Left Front Parallel Parking

Assistance Sensor - G568-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.2 Front Sensor,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
2 - Right Front Parallel Parking
Assistance Sensor - G569-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.2 Front Sensor,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
3 - Parallel Parking Assistance
Button - E581-
❑ A component of the
Control Unit 1 for Driving
and Convenience Func‐
tions - E791-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9.2 Buttons in In‐
strument Panel, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Control Unit 1 for Driving
and Convenience Func‐
tions E791 ”,
page 210 .
4 - Right Rear Parallel Parking
Assistance Sensor - G717-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.3 Rear Sensor,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
5 - Left Rear Parallel Parking
Assistance Sensor - G716-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “13.3 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 167 .
6 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
❑ Component location overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules”, page 286 .
7 - Bracket
❑ For vehicle electrical system control module

166 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

13.2 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the front wheel housing liner front section. Refer to
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front
Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Press both tabs in direction of -arrows- to the side and press
the sensor -1- inward from the outside.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -3- toward
the rear and pressing the release down.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

13.3 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Reach behind the bumper cover and expand both tabs in di‐
rection of -arrows- while pushing the sensor -1- from the
outside toward the inside at the same time.
– Disconnect the connector -2- by sliding the retainer -3- toward
the rear and pressing the release down.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

13. Parallel Parking Assist 167

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

14 Automatic Headlamp Range Control

⇒ “14.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control”,
page 168

14.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control

1 - Left Front Level Control

System Sensor - G78-
❑ Component location:
On the front control arm
❑ Only for vehicles with
LED Matrix headlamps
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Suspen‐
sion, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 43 ; Level Con‐
trol System Sensor;
Left/Right Front Level
Control System Sensor
-G78- / -G289- , Remov‐
ing and Installing .
2 - Headlamp Beam Adjust‐
ment Motor
❑ Left Headlamp Beam
Adjustment Motor -
V48- , Right Headlamp
Beam Adjustment Motor
- V49-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Left and Right
Headlamp Beam Ad‐
justment Motor V48 /
V49 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 127 .
3 - Left Rear Level Control Sys‐
tem Sensor - G76-
❑ Component location:
On the rear control arm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Suspen‐
sion, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 43 ; Level Con‐
trol System Sensor; Left/Right Rear Level Control System Sensor -G76- / -G77- , Removing and
Installing .
4 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
❑ Component location overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules”, page 286 .

168 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

15 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ T-Handle Hook - 3438-

15. Special Tools 169

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

96 – Interior Lights, Switches

170 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 Lamps
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Component Location Instrument Panel Lamps”,
page 172
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Component Location Front Door Lamps”, page
173
⇒ “1.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps”, page
175
⇒ “1.4 Component Location Overview - Door Ambient Lighting”,
page 176
⇒ “1.5 Component Location Overview - Center Console Lamps”,
page 178
⇒ “1.6 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Lamps”, page 181
⇒ “1.7 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps”,
page 182
⇒ “1.8 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing”,
page 183
⇒ “1.9 Left and Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 183
⇒ “1.10 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing
and Installing”, page 184
⇒ “1.11 Front Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing
and Installing”, page 184
⇒ “1.12 Driver and Front Passenger Exit Warning Lamp W111 /
W112 , Removing and Installing”, page 185
⇒ “1.13 Driver and Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 /
W36 , Removing and Installing”, page 185
⇒ “1.14 Rear Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing
and Installing”, page 186
⇒ “1.15 Rear Entry Lamps, Removing and Installing”, page 186
⇒ “1.16 Rear Door Warning Lamps, Removing and Installing”,
page 187
⇒ “1.17 Front Door Ambient Lighting, Removing and Installing”,
page 188
⇒ “1.18 Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp, Removing
and Installing”, page 189
⇒ “1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side Door Speaker Trim
L223 / L224 , Removing and Installing”, page 190
⇒ “1.20 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 191
⇒ “1.21 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Bulb, Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 192
⇒ “1.22 Center Console Ambient Lighting Lamp, Removing and
Installing”, page 193
⇒ “1.23 Selector Lever Transmission Range Display Y5 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 195
⇒ “1.24 Left and Right Rear Footwell Lamp W45 / W46 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 196
⇒ “1.25 Luggage Compartment Lamp, Removing and Installing”,
page 196

1. Lamps 171
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

⇒ “1.26 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 /

W14 , Removing and Installing”, page 197

1.1 Overview - Component Location Instrument Panel Lamps

1 - Center Instrument Panel

Vent Illumination Bulb - L68-
Right
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Instrument Panel;
Instrument Panel Vent,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
2 - Center Instrument Panel
Vent Illumination Bulb - L68-
Left
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Instrument Panel;
Instrument Panel Vent,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
3 - Instrument Panel Contour
Illumination Lamp 2 - L244-
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Instrument Panel;
Instrument Panel Vent,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
4 - Right Front Footwell Lamp
- K269-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Left and Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing and Installing”, page 183 .
5 - Glove Compartment Lamp - W6-
❑ 12 V, 5 W
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing”, page 183 .
6 - Right Instrument Panel Vent Illumination Bulb - L69-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel Vent, Removing
and Installing .
7 - Instrument Panel Contour Illumination Lamp 3 - L245-
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel Vent, Removing
and Installing .
8 - Instrument Panel Contour Illumination Lamp 1 - L243-
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.

172 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel Vent, Removing
and Installing .
9 - Left Instrument Panel Vent Illumination Bulb - L67-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel Vent, Removing
and Installing .
10 - Left Front Footwell Lamp - K268-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Left and Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing and Installing”, page 183 .

1.2 Overview - Component Location Front Door Lamps

1 - Driver Door Warning Lamp

- W30-
❑ 12 V, 3 W
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Driver and Front
Passenger Door Warn‐
ing Lamp W30 / W36 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 185 .
2 - Left Door Storage Compart‐
ment Illumination Lamp - L255-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.18.1 Door Storage
Compartment Illumina‐
tion Lamp, Removing
and Installing”,
page 189 .
3 - Driver Side Interior Door
Handle Illumination Lamp -
L219-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Front Interior
Door Handle Illumina‐
tion Lamp, Removing
and Installing”,
page 184 .
4 - Central Locking -Safe- Indi‐
cator Lamp - K133-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Central Locking
-Safe- Indicator Lamp
K133 , Removing and
Installing”, page 184 .
5 - Right Front Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module - J1040-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.18.2 Left and Right Front Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module J1039 / J1040 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 189 .
6 - Passenger Side Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp - L220-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Front Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 184 .

1. Lamps 173
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Right Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp - L256-

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.18.1 Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 189 .
8 - Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp - W36-
❑ 12 V, 3 W
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Driver and Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 / W36 , Removing and Installing”,
page 185 .
9 - Front Passenger Exit Warning Lamp - W112-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Driver and Front Passenger Exit Warning Lamp W111 / W112 , Removing and Installing”, page
185 .
10 - Left Front Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module - J1039-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.18.2 Left and Right Front Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module J1039 / J1040 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 189 .
11 - Driver Exit Warning Lamp - W111-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Driver and Front Passenger Exit Warning Lamp W111 / W112 , Removing and Installing”, page
185 .

174 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps

1 - Left Rear Door Warning

Lamp - W37-
❑ 12 V, 3 W
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.16 Rear Door
Warning Lamps, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 187 .
2 - Left Rear Door Storage
Compartment Illumination
Lamp - L257-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.21.1 Rear Door
Storage Compartment
Illumination Bulb, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 192 .
3 - Driver Side Rear Interior
Door Handle Illumination Bulb
- L221-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Rear Interior
Door Handle Illumina‐
tion Lamp, Removing
and Installing”,
page 186 .
4 - Right Rear Door Storage
Compartment Illumination
Control Module - J1042-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.21.2 Left and Right
Rear Door Storage
Compartment Illumina‐
tion Control Module J1041 / J1042 , Removing and Installing”, page 192 .
5 - Passenger Side Rear Interior Door Handle Illumination Bulb - L222-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Rear Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 186 .
6 - Right Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp - L258-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.21.1 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 192 .
7 - Right Rear Door Warning Lamp - W38-
❑ 12 V, 3 W
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.16 Rear Door Warning Lamps, Removing and Installing”, page 187 .
8 - Passenger Side Rear Exit Warning Lamp - W114-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.15 Rear Entry Lamps, Removing and Installing”, page 186 .
9 - Left Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module - J1041-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.21.2 Left and Right Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Control Module J1041 / J1042 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 192 .

1. Lamps 175
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

10 - Driver Side Rear Exit Warning Lamp - W113-

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.15 Rear Entry Lamps, Removing and Installing”, page 186 .

1.4 Component Location Overview - Door

Ambient Lighting
⇒ “1.4.1 Component Location Overview - Front Door Ambient
Lighting”, page 176
⇒ “1.4.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Ambient
Lighting”, page 177

1.4.1 Component Location Overview - Front Door Ambient Lighting

1 - Left Front Door Contour Il‐

lumination Lamp
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.1 Left Front
Door Contour Illumina‐
tion Lamp, Removing
and Installing”,
page 188 .
2 - Left Front Door Ambient
Lighting Bulb 1
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.2 Ambient Light‐
ing Lamp 1, Removing
and Installing”,
page 188 .
3 - Driver Side Door Ambient
Illumination Lamp 2
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.3 Door Ambient
Illumination Lamp 2, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 189 .
4 - Front Passenger Side Door
Speaker Trim Lighting Strip
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Lamp for Driver
and Passenger Side
Door Speaker Trim
L223 / L224 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 190 .
5 - Lamp for Passenger Side
Door Speaker Trim - L223-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side Door Speaker Trim L223 / L224 , Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
6 - Front Passenger Side Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.3 Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2, Removing and Installing”, page 189 .

176 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Right Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 1

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.2 Ambient Lighting Lamp 1, Removing and Installing”, page 188 .
8 - Right Front Door Contour Illumination Lamp
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.17.1 Left Front Door Contour Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 188 .
9 - Lamp for Driver Side Door Speaker Trim - L223-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side Door Speaker Trim L223 / L224 , Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
10 - Driver Side Door Speaker Trim Lighting Strip
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side Door Speaker Trim L223 / L224 , Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .

1.4.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Ambient Lighting

1 - Left Rear Door Contour Il‐

lumination Lamp
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.1 Left Rear Door
Contour Illumination
Lamp, Removing and
Installing”, page 191 .
2 - Left Rear Door Ambient
Lighting Bulb 1
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.2 Rear Door
Ambient Lighting Lamp
1, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 191 .
3 - Driver Side Rear Door Am‐
bient Illumination Lamp 2
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.3 Rear Door
Ambient Illumination
Lamp 2, Removing and
Installing”, page 191 .
4 - Front Passenger Side Rear
Door Ambient Illumination
Lamp 2
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.3 Rear Door
Ambient Illumination
Lamp 2, Removing and
Installing”, page 191 .
5 - Right Rear Door Ambient
Lighting Bulb 1
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.2 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp 1, Removing and Installing”, page 191 .

1. Lamps 177
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 - Right Rear Door Contour Illumination Lamp

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.20.1 Left Rear Door Contour Illumination Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 191 .

1.5 Component Location Overview - Center

Console Lamps
⇒ “1.5.1 Component Location Overview - Center Console
Lamps”, page 178
⇒ “1.5.2 Component Location Overview - Lamps in Center Con‐
sole, Seats and B-Pillar”, page 180

1.5.1 Component Location Overview - Center Console Lamps

1 - Fiber Optic Cable for Front

Center Console Ambient Light‐
ing - W74- , Left
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.22.1 Fiber Optic
Cable for Front Center
Console Ambient Light‐
ing W74 , Removing and
Installing”, page 193 .
2 - Fiber-Optic Cable
❑ For the rear center con‐
sole ambient lighting
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.22.3 Rear Center
Console Ambient Light‐
ing Bulb 1 L197 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 194 .
3 - Selector Lever Transmis‐
sion Range Display - Y5-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.23 Selector Lever
Transmission Range
Display Y5 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 195 .
4 - Multimedia System Control
Head Contour Illumination
Lamp 1 - L233-
❑ If an LED is faulty, then
the multimedia system
control head must be re‐
placed
5 - Front Center Console Am‐
bient Lighting Bulb 1 - L193-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.22.2 Front Center Console Ambient Lighting Bulb 1 L193 , Removing and Installing”, page 193 .
6 - Rear Center Console Ambient Lighting Bulb 1 - L197-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.22.3 Rear Center Console Ambient Lighting Bulb 1 L197 , Removing and Installing”, page 194 .

178 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Fiber Optic Cable for Front Center Console Ambient Lighting - W74- , Right
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.22.1 Fiber Optic Cable for Front Center Console Ambient Lighting W74 , Removing and Installing”,
page 193 .
8 - Rear Center Air Vent Illumination Bulb - L87-
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Overview - Center Console .

Tightening Specification of Center Console Ambient Lighting

Lamps
– Tighten the bolt -arrow- to 1.2 Nm.

Tightening Specification Selector Lever Transmission Range Dis‐

play - Y5-
– Tighten the bolts -arrows- to 1.1 Nm.

1. Lamps 179
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.5.2 Component Location Overview - Lamps in Center Console, Seats and B-

Pillar

1 - Left Rear Footwell Lamp -

W45-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.24 Left and Right
Rear Footwell Lamp
W45 / W46 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 196 .
2 - Left B-Pillar Vent
❑ Vehicles with Left Rear
Air Vent Illumination
Bulb - L88-
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim
Panels; Overview - B-
Pillar Trim Panel .
3 - Right B-Pillar Vent
❑ Vehicles with Right
Rear Air Vent Illumina‐
tion Bulb - L89-
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately if faulty.
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim
Panels; Overview - B-
Pillar Trim Panel .
4 - Right Rear Footwell Lamp -
W46-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.24 Left and Right
Rear Footwell Lamp W45 / W46 , Removing and Installing”, page 196 .

180 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.6 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps

1 - Left Luggage Compartment

Lamp - W18-
❑ In the left luggage com‐
partment trim panel
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.25.1 Left and Right
Luggage Compartment
Lamp W18 / W35 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 196 .
2 - Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp -
W51-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.25.2 Rear Lid
Lamps W51 / W101 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 197 .
3 - Rear Lid Lamp 2 - W101-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.25.2 Rear Lid
Lamps W51 / W101 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 197 .
4 - Right Luggage Compart‐
ment Lamp - W35-
❑ In the right luggage
compartment trim panel
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.25.1 Left and Right
Luggage Compartment
Lamp W18 / W35 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 196 .

1. Lamps 181
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.7 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps

1 - Front Passenger Airbag -

Disabled- Indicator Lamp -
K145-
❑ The front roof module
must be replaced if an
indicator lamp is faulty.
Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
2 - Front Interior Lamp - W1-
❑ The front roof module
must be replaced if an
LED is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
3 - Driver Reading Lamp -
W19-
❑ The front roof module
must be replaced if an
LED is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
4 - Ambient Lighting
❑ The front roof module
must be replaced if an
LED is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
5 - Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐
ror Lamp - W14-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.26 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing”,
page 197 .
6 - Right Rear Interior Lamp - W48-
❑ For versions with panorama sliding sunroof
❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Panorama Sliding
Sunroof”, page 225 .
7 - Left Third Row Reading Lamp - W94-
❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
8 - Right Third Row Reading Lamp - W95-
❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
9 - Left Rear Interior Lamp - W47-
❑ For versions with panorama sliding sunroof

182 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Panorama Sliding
Sunroof”, page 225 .
10 - Left Rear Interior Lamp - W47-
❑ For versions without panorama sliding sunroof
❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
11 - Right Rear Interior Lamp - W48-
❑ For versions without panorama sliding sunroof
❑ The rear interior lamp must be replaced if one of the LEDs is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
12 - Driver Vanity Mirror Lamp - W20-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.26 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing”,
page 197 .
13 - Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-
❑ The front roof module must be replaced if an LED is faulty. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 224 .

1.8 Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Turn the light switch to position “0”.
– Press the tab -3- in using a flat-head screwdriver and pry out
the glove compartment lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the glove compartment lamp into the opening and en‐
gage on the opposite side.

1.9 Left and Right Front Footwell Lamp -

K268- / -K269- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Press the tab -3- in using a flat-head screwdriver and pry out
the footwell lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire footwell lamp must be replaced if an LED is faulty.
– Insert the footwell lamp into the opening and engage on the
opposite side.

1. Lamps 183
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.10 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp -

K133- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Release the clips in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the central locking LED -1- downward and out of the
door trim panel -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
TIP
The new Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp - K133- must be
connected with the door trim panel wiring harness.
– Disconnect the wire and connect it with the new wire for the
Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp - K133- . Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wir‐
ing Harness and Connector Repairs; Wiring Harnesses, Re‐
pairing .

1.11 Front Interior Door Handle Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Turn the bulb socket -2- to the left and remove it from the
lighting strip -3-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

184 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.12 Driver and Front Passenger Exit Warn‐

ing Lamp -W111- / -W112- , Removing
and Installing
Removing
– Use a flat-head screwdriver to press in the retaining tab -1-
and pry out the exit warning lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• If one of the LEDs is faulty, then the entire exit warning lamp
must be replaced.
– Insert the exit warning lamp into the opening and engage on
the opposite side.

1.13 Driver and Front Passenger Door Warn‐

ing Lamp -W30- / -W36- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
– Press the tab -1- with a flat-blade screwdriver and remove the
door warning lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Carefully pry out the cover over the lamp in direction of

-arrow-.

1. Lamps 185
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bulb -1- from the bulb socket -2- on the back of
the door warning lamp.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Mount the cover on the door warning lamp.
– Insert the door warning lamp into the opening and engage on
the opposite side.

1.14 Rear Interior Door Handle Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Turn the bulb socket -2- to the left and remove it from the
lighting strip -3-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.15 Rear Entry Lamps, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Use a flat-head screwdriver to press in the retaining tab -1-
and pry out the entry lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire entry lamp must be replaced if an LED is faulty.
– Insert the entry lamp into the opening and engage on the op‐
posite side.

186 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.16 Rear Door Warning Lamps, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Press the tab -1- with a flat-blade screwdriver and remove the
door warning lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– If equipped, carefully pry out the cover over the lamp in direc‐
tion of -arrow-.

– Remove the bulb -1- from the bulb socket -2- on the back of
the door warning lamp.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Mount the cover on the door warning lamp.
– Insert the door warning lamp into the opening and engage on
the opposite side.

1. Lamps 187
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.17 Front Door Ambient Lighting, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “1.17.1 Left Front Door Contour Illumination Lamp, Removing
and Installing”, page 188
⇒ “1.17.2 Ambient Lighting Lamp 1, Removing and Installing”,
page 188
⇒ “1.17.3 Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 189

1.17.1 Left Front Door Contour Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Dismount the lamp -3- from the mount -1-.
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
lamps from the lighting strip -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.17.2 Ambient Lighting Lamp 1, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
lamps -3- from the lighting strip -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

188 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.17.3 Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2, Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Release the catches -arrows- and remove the lamps -3- from
the lighting strip -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.18 Door Storage Compartment Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.18.1 Door Storage Compartment Illumination Lamp, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 189
⇒ “1.18.2 Left and Right Front Door Storage Compartment Illu‐
mination Control Module J1039 / J1040 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189

1.18.1 Door Storage Compartment Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Pry out the door storage compartment illumination bulb -1-
from the armrest.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.18.2 Left and Right Front Door Storage Com‐

partment Illumination Control Module -
J1039- / -J1040- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage and remove the insulation.

1. Lamps 189
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Free up the antenna -1-.

– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Pry up the lock washers -2 and 5-.
– Remove the control module -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.19 Lamp for Driver and Passenger Side

Door Speaker Trim -L223- / -L224- , Re‐
moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector.
– Pry up the clips -arrows-.
– Remove the lighting strip -2- slightly from the speaker trim
-1-.

– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the

lamps -3- from the lighting strip -2-.
– Remove the lighting strip.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– The clips must be pushed on all the way.

190 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.20 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “1.20.1 Left Rear Door Contour Illumination Lamp, Removing
and Installing”, page 191
⇒ “1.20.2 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp 1, Removing and
Installing”, page 191
⇒ “1.20.3 Rear Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2, Removing and
Installing”, page 191

1.20.1 Left Rear Door Contour Illumination

Lamp, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Dismount the lamp -3- from the mount -1-.
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
lamps from the lighting strip -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.20.2 Rear Door Ambient Lighting Lamp 1,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Release the catches -arrows- and remove the lamps -3- from
the lighting strip -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.20.3 Rear Door Ambient Illumination Lamp 2,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage the upper insulation.

1. Lamps 191
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -2-.

– Release the catches -arrows- and remove the lamps -3- from
the lighting strip -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.21 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumi‐

nation Bulb, Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.21.1 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumination Bulb, Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 192
⇒ “1.21.2 Left and Right Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumi‐
nation Control Module J1041 / J1042 , Removing and Installing”,
page 192

1.21.1 Rear Door Storage Compartment Illumi‐

nation Bulb, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Pry out the door storage compartment illumination bulb -1-
from the armrest.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• If one of the LEDs is faulty, then the complete door storage
compartment illumination bulb must be replaced.

1.21.2 Left and Right Rear Door Storage Com‐

partment Illumination Control Module -
J1041- / -J1042- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disengage and remove the insulation.

192 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Free up the antenna -1-.

– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Pry up the lock washers -2 and 5-.
– Remove the control module -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.22 Center Console Ambient Lighting Lamp,

Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.22.1 Fiber Optic Cable for Front Center Console Ambient
Lighting W74 , Removing and Installing”, page 193
⇒ “1.22.2 Front Center Console Ambient Lighting Bulb 1 L193 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 193
⇒ “1.22.3 Rear Center Console Ambient Lighting Bulb 1 L197 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 194

1.22.1 Fiber Optic Cable for Front Center Con‐

sole Ambient Lighting - W74- , Remov‐
ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the catch -3- at the locations marked with -arrows-.
– Remove the fiber-optic cable -2- from the center console -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Attach the fiber-optic cable until it clicks into place.

1.22.2 Front Center Console Ambient Lighting

Bulb 1 - L193- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console insert. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Insert, Re‐
moving and Installing .

1. Lamps 193
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolt -3-.

– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
lamps -2- from the lighting strip -1-.

– Remove the lamp -1- from the mount -2- -arrow-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification of Center Console Ambient
Lighting Lamps”“ , page 179

1.22.3 Rear Center Console Ambient Lighting

Bulb 1 - L197- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console insert. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Insert, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the bolt -3-.
– Remove the lamp with the fiber-optic cable.
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
lamps -2- from the fiber-optic cable -1-.

194 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the lamp -1- from the mount -2- in direction of

-arrow-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Pay attention when inserting the fiber-optic cable that the fiber-
optic cable is seated correctly on its mount.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification of Center Console Ambient
Lighting Lamps”“ , page 179

1.23 Selector Lever Transmission Range

Display - Y5- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console insert trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Display Control Head Trim,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the electromechanical parking brake button/-Auto
Hold- button. Refer to
⇒ “2.21 Electromechanical Parking Brake Button E538 / -AU‐
TO HOLD- Button E540 , Removing and Installing”,
page 216 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the selector lever transmission range display -2- from
the center console insert -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
• Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification Selector Lever Transmission
Range Display -Y5- ”“ , page 179

1. Lamps 195
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.24 Left and Right Rear Footwell Lamp -

W45- / -W46- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Carefully pry out the bulb -1- using a flat-head screwdriver in
direction of -arrow-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The entire footwell lamp must be replaced if an LED is faulty.
– Insert the footwell lamp into the opening and engage on the
opposite side.

1.25 Luggage Compartment Lamp, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “1.25.1 Left and Right Luggage Compartment Lamp W18 /
W35 , Removing and Installing”, page 196
⇒ “1.25.2 Rear Lid Lamps W51 / W101 , Removing and Installing”,
page 197

1.25.1 Left and Right Luggage Compartment

Lamp -W18- / -W35- , Removing and In‐
stalling
Removing
– Release the retainer -2- with a flat-head screwdriver.
– Pivot the luggage compartment lamp -1- out of the luggage
compartment side trim panel in direction of -arrow-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the luggage compartment lamp into the opening and
engage on the opposite side.

196 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.25.2 Rear Lid Lamps -W51- / -W101- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Press the tab -3- in using a flat-head screwdriver and pry out
the rear lid lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the rear lid lamp into the opening and engage on the
opposite side.

1.26 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐

ror Lamp -W20- / -W14- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
– Pivot the sun visor forward.
– Carefully pry out the vanity mirror lighting -1- at the opening
-arrow- using a flat-head screwdriver.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the vanity mirror lighting into the opening and engage it
on the opposite side.

1. Lamps 197
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

198 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Controls
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Con‐
trols”, page 200
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors”,
page 202
⇒ “2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors”,
page 203
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Con‐
sole”, page 204
⇒ “2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage
Compartment”, page 205
⇒ “2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim
Panel”, page 207
⇒ “2.7 Light Switch E1 , Removing and Installing”, page 208
⇒ “2.8 Steering Column Adjustment Switch E167 , Removing and
Installing”, page 209
⇒ “2.9 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 209
⇒ “2.10 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and
Installing”, page 211
⇒ “2.11 Mirror Adjusting Switches E43 / E168 , Removing and
Installing”, page 211
⇒ “2.12 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 211
⇒ “2.13 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 212
⇒ “2.14 Driver and Front Passenger Interior Locking Switch E150 /
E198 , Removing and Installing”, page 212
⇒ “2.15 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Memory Settings Con‐
trol Head E464 / E465 , Removing and Installing”, page 213
⇒ “2.16 Rear Lid Remote Release Button E233 , Removing and
Installing”, page 213
⇒ “2.17 Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation
Button E616 , Removing and Installing”, page 214
⇒ “2.18 Rear Window Regulator Button in Rear Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 215
⇒ “2.19 Left and Right Rear Interior Locking Switch E273 / E274 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 215
⇒ “2.20 Air Ionization System Button E677 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 215
⇒ “2.21 Electromechanical Parking Brake Button E538 / -AUTO
HOLD- Button E540 , Removing and Installing”, page 216
⇒ “2.22 Access/Start Authorization Button E408 , Removing and
Installing”, page 217
⇒ “2.23 Left and Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 217
⇒ “2.24 Third Row Backrest Adjustment Button, Removing and
Installing”, page 218
⇒ “2.25 Loading Sill Lowering Control Head E682 / Power Piv‐
oting Trailer Hitch Button E474 , Removing and Installing”,
page 221

2. Controls 199
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

⇒ “2.26 Release Button in Rear Lid Handle E234 , Removing and

Installing”, page 221
⇒ “2.27 Rear Lid Lock Button in Luggage Compartment E406 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 222
⇒ “2.28 Rear Lid Warning Buzzer H32 , Removing and Installing”,
page 223
⇒ “2.29 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing”, page
223
⇒ “2.30 Sunroof Button E325 , Removing and Installing”,
page 223
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 224
⇒ “2.32 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 225
⇒ “2.33 Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , Removing and
Installing”, page 226

2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Controls

1 - Control Unit 1 for Driving

and Convenience Functions -
E791-
❑ With the following inte‐
grated components
♦ Emergency Flasher Button
- E229-
♦ ASR/ESP Button - E256-
♦ Parking Aid Button - E266-
♦ Front Display Open/Close
Button - E462-
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance
Button - E581-
♦ Hill Descent Control Button
- E618-
♦ Start/Stop Mode Button -
E693-
♦ Driving Profile Selection
Button - E735-
❑ The components cannot
be replaced separately.
❑ If faulty replace a com‐
ponent of the switch
module
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9.2 Buttons in In‐
strument Panel, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Control Unit 1 for Driving
and Convenience Func‐
tions E791 ”,
page 210 .
2 - Glove Compartment Lamp Switch - E26-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and Installing”, page 211 .

200 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 - Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch - E224-

❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Front Passenger Airbag; Front Pas‐
senger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch, Removing and Installing (Not for North America) .
4 - Instrument Panel Vent Button - E815-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.9.4 Instrument Panel Vent Button E815 , Removing and Installing”, page 210 .
5 - Instrument Cluster Operation Button - E493-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.9.3 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing, Instrument Cluster Operation Button E493
”, page 210 .
6 - Access/Start Authorization Button - E408-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.22 Access/Start Authorization Button E408 , Removing and Installing”, page 217 .
7 - Driver Side Ionizer Button - E830-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.9.1 Driver Side Ionizer Button E830 , Removing and Installing”, page 209 .
8 - Steering Column Adjustment Switch - E167-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Steering Column Adjustment Switch E167 , Removing and Installing”, page 209 .
9 - Light Switch - E1-
❑ With Instrument Panel and Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch - E20-
❑ With Rear Fog Lamp Button - E314- , Fog Lamp Button - E315- , and Night Vision System Button - E680-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Light Switch E1 , Removing and Installing”, page 208 .

Light Switch - E1- Tightening Specification

– Tighten the screws -arrows- to 1.5 Nm.

Control Unit 1 for Driving and Convenience Functions - E791-

Tightening Specification
– Tighten the screws -arrows- to 1.5 Nm.

2. Controls 201
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors

1 - Interior Monitoring and Ve‐

hicle Inclination Deactivation
Button - E616-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.17 Interior Monitor‐
ing and Vehicle Inclina‐
tion Deactivation Button
E616 , Removing and
Installing”, page 214 .
2 - Driver Door Contact Switch
- F2-
❑ Integrated in the door
lock.
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Replace the door locks if
faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
Door Components;
Door Lock, Removing
and Installing .
3 - Power Window Control
Head in Driver Door - E512-
❑ With the following inte‐
grated components
♦ Driver Power Window But‐
ton - E710-
♦ Driver Side Rear Power
Window Button In Driver
Door - E712-
♦ Passenger Side Rear Pow‐
er Window Button In Driver
Door - E714-
♦ Front Passenger Power
Window Button in Driver Door - E715-
❑ The components cannot be replaced separately.
❑ Replace the control head if faulty
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing”, page 211 .
4 - Mirror Adjusting Switch - E43- with Mirror Adjusting Switch - E48-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Mirror Adjusting Switches E43 / E168 , Removing and Installing”, page 211 .
5 - Front Passenger Power Window Button - E716-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107 , Removing and Installing”, page 212 .
6 - Front Passenger Interior Locking Button - E309-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.14 Driver and Front Passenger Interior Locking Switch E150 / E198 , Removing and Installing”, page
212 .
7 - Front Passenger Memory Seat Button - E340-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Memory Settings Control Head E464 / E465 , Removing and
Installing”, page 213 .

202 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 - Front Passenger Door Contact Switch - F3-

❑ Integrated in the door lock.
❑ Cannot be replaced separately
❑ Replace the door locks if faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Lock,
Removing and Installing .
9 - Driver Seat Memory Settings Control Head - E464-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Memory Settings Control Head E464 / E465 , Removing and
Installing”, page 213 .
10 - Driver Interior Locking Button - E308-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.14 Driver and Front Passenger Interior Locking Switch E150 / E198 , Removing and Installing”, page
212 .
11 - Rear Lid Remote Release Button - E233-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.16 Rear Lid Remote Release Button E233 , Removing and Installing”, page 213 .

2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors

1 - Driver Side Rear Door Con‐

tact Switch - F505-
❑ Integrated in the door
lock.
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Replace the door locks if
faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 58 ;
Door Components;
Door Lock, Removing
and Installing .
2 - Driver Side Rear Power
Window Button - E711-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.18 Rear Window
Regulator Button in
Rear Door, Removing
and Installing”,
page 215 .
3 - Passenger Side Rear Pow‐
er Window Button - E713-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.18 Rear Window
Regulator Button in
Rear Door, Removing
and Installing”,
page 215 .
4 - Passenger Side Rear Inte‐
rior Locking Button - E718-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.19 Left and Right
Rear Interior Locking Switch E273 / E274 , Removing and Installing”, page 215 .

2. Controls 203
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 - Passenger Side Rear Door Contact Switch - F506-

❑ Integrated in the door lock.
❑ Cannot be replaced separately
❑ Replace the door locks if faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 58 ; Door Components; Door Lock,
Removing and Installing .
6 - Driver Side Rear Interior Locking Button - E717-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.19 Left and Right Rear Interior Locking Switch E273 / E274 , Removing and Installing”,
page 215 .

2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console

1 - Electromechanical Parking
Brake Button - E538-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.21 Electromechan‐
ical Parking Brake But‐
ton E538 / -AUTO
HOLD- Button E540 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 216 .
2 - Parking Lock Button - E816-
❑ Integrated in the selec‐
tor lever handle
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ If faulty replace the se‐
lector lever handle. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Automatic
Transmission; Rep. Gr.
37 ; Selector Mecha‐
nism; Selector Lever
Handle, Removing and
Installing .
3 - Selector Lever Release
Button - E681-
❑ Integrated in the selec‐
tor lever handle
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ If faulty replace the se‐
lector lever handle. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Automatic
Transmission; Rep. Gr.
37 ; Selector Mecha‐
nism; Selector Lever
Handle, Removing and
Installing .
4 - Front Passenger Side Rear Ionizer Button - E833-
❑ Country
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.20 Air Ionization System Button E677 , Removing and Installing”, page 215 .
5 - Right Seat Heating Button - E654-
❑ Equipment level

204 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “2.23 Left and Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Removing and Installing”, page 217 .
6 - Left Seat Heating Button - E653-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.23 Left and Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Removing and Installing”, page 217 .
7 - Driver Volume Control - E67-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Sound System; Component Location
Overview - Sound System .
8 - -Auto Hold- Button - E540-
❑ Equipment level
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.21 Electromechanical Parking Brake Button E538 / -AUTO HOLD- Button E540 , Removing and
Installing”, page 216 .

2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage Compartment

1 - Rear Lid Contact Switch

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.29 Rear Lid Con‐
tact Switch, Removing
and Installing”,
page 223 .
2 - Release Button In Rear Lid
Handle - E234-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.26 Release Button
in Rear Lid Handle
E234 , Removing and
Installing”, page 221 .
3 - Third Row Button for Back‐
rest Adjustment - in Luggage
Compartment
❑ Left Third Row Button 3
for Backrest Adjustment
- E802- , Right Third
Row Button 3 for Back‐
rest Adjustment - E805-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.24.3 Left and Right
Third Row Button 3 for
Backrest Adjustment
E802 / E805 , Removing
and Installing, Luggage
Compartment”,
page 220 .
4 - Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch
Button - E474-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.25 Loading Sill
Lowering Control Head E682 / Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch Button E474 , Removing and Installing”, page
221 .

2. Controls 205
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 - Loading Sill Lowering Control Head - E682-

❑ With Load Level Button - E539-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.25 Loading Sill Lowering Control Head E682 / Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch Button E474 , Removing
and Installing”, page 221 .
6 - Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment Button - Left Rear Door
❑ Left Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment Button - E565- , Right Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment
Button - E549-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.24.1 Left and Right Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment Button E565 / E549 , Removing and
Installing, Left Rear Door”, page 218 .
7 - Rear Lid Warning Buzzer - H32-
❑ The buzzer is activated by closing the rear lid using the rear lid remote release button in the front door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.28 Rear Lid Warning Buzzer H32 , Removing and Installing”, page 223 .
8 - Expanding Clip
9 - Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment Button - Right Rear Door
❑ Left Third Row Button 2 for Backrest Adjustment - E801- , Right Third Row Button 2 for Backrest Ad‐
justment - E804-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.24.2 Left and Right Third Row Button 2 for Backrest Adjustment E801 / E804 , Removing and
Installing, Right Rear Door”, page 219 .
10 - Rear Lid Lock Button in Luggage Compartment - E406-
❑ Versions with Locking Mechanism Button in the Rear Lid - E806- .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.27 Rear Lid Lock Button in Luggage Compartment E406 , Removing and Installing”, page 222 .

Tightening Specification for Third Row Button for Backrest Ad‐

justment - in Luggage Compartment
– Tighten the bolt -arrow- to 3 Nm.

Tightening Specification: Anti-Theft Protection to Release Button

In Rear Lid Handle - E234-
– Tighten the nuts -arrows- to 6 Nm.

206 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel

1 - Front Passenger Reading

Lamp Button - E458-
❑ Integrated in the front
roof module
2 - Driver Reading Lamp But‐
ton - E457-
❑ Integrated in the front
roof module
3 - Sunroof Button - E325- with
Roof Shade Button 1 - E584-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.30 Sunroof Button
E325 , Removing and
Installing”, page 223 .
4 - Front Roof Module - WX3-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
5 - Garage Door Opener Con‐
trol Head - E284-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.33 Garage Door
Opener Control Head
E284 , Removing and
Installing”, page 226 .
6 - Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐
ror Lamp Contact Switch -
F148-
❑ Integrated in the sun vi‐
sor mount
❑ Cannot be replaced separately
❑ If faulty replace the sun visor. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Equipment; Sun Visor, Removing
and Installing .
7 - Rear Interior Lamp
❑ For versions with panorama sliding sunroof
❑ With Right Rear Reading Lamp Switch 1 - E455-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Panorama Sliding
Sunroof”, page 225 .
8 - Right Third Row Reading Lamp Button - E789-
9 - Left Third Row Reading Lamp Button - E696-
10 - Rear Interior Lamp
❑ For the third row equipment level.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
11 - Rear Interior Lamp
❑ For versions with panorama sliding sunroof
❑ With Left Rear Reading Lamp Switch - E454-

2. Controls 207
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Panorama Sliding
Sunroof”, page 225 .
12 - Right Rear Reading Lamp Switch 1 - E455-
13 - Rear Interior Lamp
❑ For versions without panorama sliding sunroof, second row of seats
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 225 .
14 - Left Rear Reading Lamp Switch - E454-
15 - Driver Vanity Mirror Lamp Contact Switch - F147-
❑ Integrated in the sun visor mount
❑ Cannot be replaced separately
❑ If faulty replace the sun visor. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Equipment; Sun Visor, Removing
and Installing .

Sunroof Button - E325- Tightening Specification:

– Tighten the screws -arrows- to 0.65 Nm.

2.7 Light Switch - E1- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Turn the light switch to position “0”.
– Remove the light switch trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Light Switch Trim, Removing and
Installing .
– If equipped, remove the bolts -1 and 4-.
– Release the retainers in the direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the light switch -3- from the light switch trim -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
• Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““ Light Switch -E1- Tightening Specification”“ ,
page 201

208 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.8 Steering Column Adjustment Switch -

E167- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the steering column adjustment switch -1- from the
lower steering column trim panel -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.9 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “2.9.1 Driver Side Ionizer Button E830 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 209
⇒ “2.9.2 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing,
Control Unit 1 for Driving and Convenience Functions E791 ”,
page 210
⇒ “2.9.3 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing,
Instrument Cluster Operation Button E493 ”, page 210
⇒ “2.9.4 Instrument Panel Vent Button E815 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 210

2.9.1 Driver Side Ionizer Button - E830- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the driver side vents in the instrument panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument
Panel Vent, Removing and Installing .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the driver side ionizer button -2- from the instrument
panel vent mount -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2. Controls 209
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.9.2 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing

and Installing, Control Unit 1 for Driving
and Convenience Functions - E791-
Removing
– Remove the instrument panel decorative trim. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– If equipped, remove the bolts -1 and 4-.
– Release the retainers in the direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the button -2- from the decorative trim - 3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
• Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““ Control Unit 1 for Driving and Convenience Functions
-E791- Tightening Specification”“ , page 201

2.9.3 Buttons in Instrument Panel, Removing

and Installing, Instrument Cluster Oper‐
ation Button - E493-
Removing
– Remove the access/start authorization switch trim. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Access/Start
Authorization Switch Trim, Removing and Installing .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the button -2- from the mount in the access/start au‐
thorization switch trim -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.9.4 Instrument Panel Vent Button - E815- ,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front passenger side vents in the instrument pan‐
el. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel;
Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing .

210 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the button -2- from the instrument panel vent mount
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.10 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch -

E26- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the hinge pins -1-.
– Turn the switch -2- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow-
and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.11 Mirror Adjusting Switches -E43- / -

E168- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the switch mount. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Pull Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Remove the mirror adjustment switch -1- from the switch
mount -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.12 Power Window Control Head in Driver

Door - E512- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the switch mount. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Pull Handle, Removing and
Installing .

2. Controls 211
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver in di‐

rection of -arrows-.
– Remove the power window switch -2- from the switch mount
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.13 Front Passenger Door Window Regula‐

tor Switch - E107- , Removing and In‐
stalling
Removing
– Remove the switch mount. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Pull Handle, Removing and
Installing .
– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Press the power window switch -1- out of the switch mount
-2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.14 Driver and Front Passenger Interior

Locking Switch -E150- / -E198- , Re‐
moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the interior door mechanism. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Interior Door
Mechanism, Removing and Installing .
– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the interior
locking switch -1- outward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

212 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.15 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Mem‐

ory Settings Control Head -E464- / -
E465- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the decorative trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Trim Molding, Removing and
Installing .
– Push the tab -3- slightly to the rear and remove the control
head -1- from the mount at the same time in the direction of
-arrow-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the control head.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the connector.

– Place the control head -3- on the mount -1- and push on it until
the tab -4- clicks into place -arrow-.
• The guide -2- must slide downward behind the mount.

2.16 Rear Lid Remote Release Button -

E233- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .

2. Controls 213
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Release the clip -2- and remove the trim -1- with the switch
from the door trim panel -arrow-.

– Release the hooks in direction of -arrows- carefully with a

small screwdriver.
– Remove the switch -1- toward the rear from the trim -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Press in the trim with the switch until the hooks engage in the
mount.

2.17 Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclina‐

tion Deactivation Button - E616- , Re‐
moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
– Release the retaining springs -arrows- and remove the button
-2- from the door trim panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

214 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.18 Rear Window Regulator Button in Rear

Door, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the pull handle/rear armrest. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Overview - Rear Door
Trim Panel .
– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Remove the power window button -3- from the switch mount
-2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.19 Left and Right Rear Interior Locking

Switch -E273- / -E274- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
– Remove the interior door mechanism. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Interior Door
Mechanism, Removing and Installing .
– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the interior
locking switch -1- outward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.20 Air Ionization System Button - E677- ,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the lower B-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; B-Pillar
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

2. Controls 215
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the clips in direction of -arrows- and press out the Air
Ionization System Button - E677- -1- from the B-pillar trim
panel -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.21 Electromechanical Parking Brake But‐

ton - E538- / -AUTO HOLD- Button -
E540- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the center console insert trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Display Control Head Trim,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the selector lever transmission range display -2- from
the center console insert -1-.

216 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Electromechanical Parking Brake Button - E538- :

– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Press the button -1- out of the selector lever transmission
range display -2-.

-AUTO HOLD- Button - E540- :

– Press the button -1- out of the selector lever transmission
range display -2- -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.22 Access/Start Authorization Button -

E408- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the access/start authorization switch trim. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Access/Start
Authorization Switch Trim, Removing and Installing .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the button -1- from the mount in the access/start au‐
thorization switch trim -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.23 Left and Right Seat Heating Button -

E653- / -E654- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear seat heating socket/button trim. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Display Control
Head Trim, Removing and Installing .

2. Controls 217
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the clips in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the switches -1 and 3- from the cover -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.24 Third Row Backrest Adjustment Button,

Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.24.1 Left and Right Third Row Seat Backrest Adjustment
Button E565 / E549 , Removing and Installing, Left Rear Door”,
page 218
⇒ “2.24.2 Left and Right Third Row Button 2 for Backrest Adjust‐
ment E801 / E804 , Removing and Installing, Right Rear Door”,
page 219
⇒ “2.24.3 Left and Right Third Row Button 3 for Backrest Adjust‐
ment E802 / E805 , Removing and Installing, Luggage Compart‐
ment”, page 220

2.24.1 Left and Right Third Row Seat Backrest

Adjustment Button -E565- / -E549- , Re‐
moving and Installing, Left Rear Door
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Fold the second row rear seat backrest forward. Refer to the
Vehicles Owner's Manual.

218 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Pry out the backrest adjustment button -1- with the Trim Re‐
moval Wedge - 3409- .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the backrest adjustment button -2- from the trim -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the backrest adjustment button in the cut-out and push
in until it clicks into place.

2.24.2 Left and Right Third Row Button 2 for

Backrest Adjustment -E801- / -E804- ,
Removing and Installing, Right Rear
Door
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Fold the second row rear seat backrest forward. Refer to the
Vehicles Owner's Manual.

2. Controls 219
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Pry out the backrest adjustment button -1- with the Trim Re‐
moval Wedge - 3409- .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the backrest adjustment button -2- from the trim -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the backrest adjustment button in the cut-out and push
in until it clicks into place.

2.24.3 Left and Right Third Row Button 3 for

Backrest Adjustment -E802- / -E805- ,
Removing and Installing, Luggage Com‐
partment
Removing
– Using a narrow screwdriver at the opening -arrow A- release
the cap and at the same time push on the bottom slightly up‐
ward in direction of -arrow B-.
– Remove the cap.
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Pivot out the button trim -1- from the mount in direction of
-arrow C-.
– Disconnect the connectors.

220 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the backrest adjustment button -2- from the trim -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– The button trim must be flush along the entire length of the
mount.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for Third Row Button for
Backrest Adjustment - in Luggage Compartment”“ ,
page 206

2.25 Loading Sill Lowering Control Head -

E682- / Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch But‐
ton - E474- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Using a narrow screwdriver at the opening -arrow A- release
the cap and at the same time push on the bottom slightly up‐
ward in direction of -arrow B-.
– Remove the cap.
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Pivot out the button trim -1- from the mount in direction of
-arrow C-.
– Disconnect the connectors.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the loading sill lowering control head -2- from the trim
-1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– The loading sill lowering control head trim must be flush along
the entire length of the mount.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for Third Row Button for
Backrest Adjustment - in Luggage Compartment”“ ,
page 206

2.26 Release Button in Rear Lid Handle -

E234- , Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Connecting Rod Support - 3090-
Removing
– Remove the lower rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid
Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

2. Controls 221
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -3- and the antenna wire -1-.

– Remove the nuts -2 and 4-.
– Open the tabs in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the license plate lamps. Refer to
⇒ “9.1 Left and Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing
and Installing”, page 148 .

– Release the side retaining tabs using the Connecting Rod

Support - 3090- in direction of -arrows A- and press the button
-1- outward in direction of -arrow B-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– For vehicles with a rearview camera, the Rearview Camera -
R189- must be recalibrated. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep.
Gr. 91 ; Rearview Camera System; Rearview Camera Sys‐
tem, Calibrating .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification: Anti-Theft Protection to Re‐
lease Button In Rear Lid Handle -E234- ”“ , page 206

2.27 Rear Lid Lock Button in Luggage Com‐

partment - E406- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
• Depending on vehicle equipment the Locking Mechanism But‐
ton in the Rear Lid - E806- is integrated in the Rear Lid Lock
Button in Luggage Compartment - E406- . If faulty the com‐
plete button unit must be replaced.

222 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Release the clips on the button -1- in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the button from the rear lid trim panel.
– Disconnect the connector.
TIP
Remove the rear lid lower trim panel if the button cannot be re‐
moved as described. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.28 Rear Lid Warning Buzzer - H32- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear roof panel trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Roof Trim Panels; Roof End Strip, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1 and 4-.
– Remove the buzzer -2- with the expanding clips.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.29 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and

Installing
The rear lid contact switch -arrow- is located in the rear lid lock
and cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
– Replace the rear lid lock. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
55 ; Rear Lid; Latch, Removing and Installing .

2.30 Sunroof Button - E325- , Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Remove the front interior lamp/reading lamp. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 224 .

2. Controls 223
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the button -1- from the front interior/reading lamp
-2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““ Sunroof Button -E325- Tightening Specification:”“ ,
page 208

2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Pry out the front roof module -1- with the -3409- beginning at
the left front on the headliner, to do so push in the trim removal
wedge in the area of the spring between the headliner and the
front roof module.

♦ The marking shows the position of the springs -arrows-.

♦ The clamp -1- is removed by prying out of the body.
– Disconnect the connectors and free up the wiring harness.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The front roof module must be completely replaced if one of
the LEDs is faulty
– Insert the front roof module into the roof cutout and press until
it audibly engages.

224 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.32 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 225
⇒ “2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with Panorama Sliding Sunroof”, page 225

2.32.1 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedge Set - T10383-
Removing
– Remove the interior lamp/reading lamp -1- from the roof using
Wedge Set - Wedge 1 - T10383/1- in direction of -arrows-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Insert the interior lamp/reading lamp into the roof cutout and
clip it in.

2.32.2 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing, Vehicles with
Panorama Sliding Sunroof
Removing
– Lower the headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing and Installing .
– Pry up the frame -1-.
– Remove the interior lamp -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2. Controls 225
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.33 Garage Door Opener Control Head -

E284- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front interior lamp/reading lamp. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 224 .
– Remove the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- , if
equipped. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and
Installing”, page 228 .
– Carefully push the catches to the side in direction of
-arrows-.
– Remove the control head -2- from the front interior lamp/read‐
ing lamp -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

226 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Anti-Theft Alarm System

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 227
⇒ “3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing”, page 227
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and
Installing”, page 228

3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring

1 - Alarm Horn - H12-

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Alarm Horn H12 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 227 .
2 - Bracket
❑ For Alarm Horn - H12-
3 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
4 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
5 - Anti-Theft Alarm System
Sensor - G578-
❑ With interior monitoring
individual sensor
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm
System Sensor G578 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 228 .
6 - Front Roof Module - WX3-
7 - Comfort System Central
Control Module - J393-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;
Central Locking; Com‐
fort System Central
Control Module - J393- ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling .
8 - Bracket
❑ For the comfort system central control module
9 - Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button - E616-
❑ Component location overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors”, page 202 .

3.2 Alarm Horn - H12- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the fresh air intake. Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Rear Heater and A/C Unit .

3. Anti-Theft Alarm System 227

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Remove the nut -1-.
– Remove the bracket -2- with alarm horn upward.

– Remove the nut -1- and the bracket -2- from the alarm horn
-3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 227

3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor -

G578- , Removing and Installing
TIP
If the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- were replaced, it
must be readapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Remove the front interior lamp/reading lamp. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 224 .
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
anti-theft alarm system sensor -2- from the interior lamp/read‐
ing lamp.
– Release the retainer -3- and loosen the individual sensors
-1, 4 and 5- for interior monitoring from the interior lamp/read‐
ing lamp.
– Free up the wire.
– Remove the anti-theft alarm system sensor.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

228 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4 Lane Change Assistance

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lane Change Assistance”, page 229
⇒ “4.2 Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp In Driver and
Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror K233 / K234 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 229
⇒ “4.3 Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 / J770 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 230
⇒ “4.4 Lane Change Assistance, Calibrating”, page 230

4.1 Overview - Lane Change Assistance

1 - Lane Change Assistance

Warning Lamp in Driver Exte‐
rior Rearview Mirror - K233-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Lane Change As‐
sistance Warning Lamp
In Driver and Front Pas‐
senger Exterior Rear‐
view Mirror K233 /
K234 , Removing and
Installing”, page 229 .
2 - Lane Change Assistance
Warning Lamp in Front Pas‐
senger Exterior Rearview Mir‐
ror - K234-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Lane Change As‐
sistance Warning Lamp
In Driver and Front Pas‐
senger Exterior Rear‐
view Mirror K233 /
K234 , Removing and
Installing”, page 229 .
3 - Lane Change Assistance
Control Module - J769-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Lane Change As‐
sistance Control Module
J769 / J770 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 230 .
❑ Calibrating. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Lane Change As‐
sistance, Calibrating”,
page 230 .
4 - Lane Change Assistance Control Module 2 - J770-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 / J770 , Removing and Installing”, page 230 .
❑ Calibrating. Refer to ⇒ “4.4 Lane Change Assistance, Calibrating”, page 230 .

4.2 Lane Change Assistance Warning

Lamp In Driver and Front Passenger Ex‐

4. Lane Change Assistance 229

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

terior Rearview Mirror -K233- / -K234- ,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the mirror trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the catches in direction of -A arrows- and remove the
warning lamp -2- from the mirror cap -1- in direction of
-arrow B-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• If an LED is faulty, the entire lane change assistance warning
lamp in the exterior rearview mirror must be replaced.

4.3 Lane Change Assistance Control Mod‐

ule -J769- / -J770- , Removing and In‐
stalling
Removing
– Grasp behind the bumper cover and disconnect the connector
-1-.
– Release the catch -3- and pivot out the control module -4- in
direction of -arrow-.
– Disengage and remove the control module from the lower
mount -2-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Calibrate the Lane Change Assistance Control Modules -
J769- / -J770- . Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Lane Change Assistance, Calibrating”, page 230 .

4.4 Lane Change Assistance, Calibrating

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
• When a software update should be made, this must be per‐
formed before the calibration.

230 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Conditions
– The Lane Change Assistance Control Modules -J769- / -J770-
must be calibrated in the “Guided Fault Finding” or “Guided
Functions” operating mode under the following conditions. Re‐
fer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester :
• Lane Change Assistance Control Module - J769- or Lane
Change Assistance Control Module 2 - J770- was replaced.
• The rear bumper cover was damaged by a parking block, for
example.
• The rear bumper cover was removed and installed.
• The threaded connections on the bumper mount are loosened.
• “No or incorrect basic setting/adaptation” is stored in the DTC
memory.
Preparing for Calibration

1 - Calibration Tool - Spacing

Laser - VAS6350/2-
❑ For distance measure‐
ment
❑ Usage information. Re‐
fer to the Owner's Man‐
ual.
2 - Calibration Unit -
VAS6350A-
3 - Level
❑ On the Calibration Unit -
VAS6350A-
❑ To check the horizontal
position of the Calibra‐
tion Unit - VAS6350A-
4 - Catch Bracket
❑ To mount the Calibra‐
tion Tool - Spacing La‐
ser Calibration Tool -
Spacing Laser -
VAS6350/2- for the dis‐
tance measurement
❑ Distance to the Calibra‐
tion Tool - Wheel Center
Mountings -
VAS6350/1- on the rear
wheels: dimension -a- =
1700 ± 2 mm
5 - Calibration Tool - Lane
Change Calibration Tool -
VAS6350/4-
❑ Is moved from one side
of the measuring field to
the other during calibra‐
tion
❑ When installed correctly, the vehicle electrical system voltage line must be connected at lower left of the
calibration device (as seen in direction of travel)
6 - Brand Emblem
❑ The laser point is aligned to the center of the brand emblem

4. Lane Change Assistance 231

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings - VAS6350/1-

❑ With wheel bolt adapter and measuring paddle
8 - Measuring Scale
❑ For positioning the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-
9 - Calibration Tool - Linear Laser - VAS6350/3-
❑ With “laser protective eyewear”
❑ On the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
❑ Switching on and off. Refer to Owner's Manual.
10 - Plastic Foot
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Can be adjusted when setting the horizontal position of the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-

Preliminary Work
– Move the vehicle onto a solid, flat surface.
– On vehicles with air suspension activate the “standard vehicle
height” (MMI air suspension: comfort or radio).
– Apply the parking brake - the vehicle must not move during the
measurement.
– Place the front wheels in a straight-ahead position - steering
wheel in neutral position.
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
TIP
If a malfunction message appears in the display. Refer to the Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Turn on the ignition.
– Remove the label with the metal foil from the bumper cover, if
necessary.
– Secure three suitable wheel bolt adapters for the wheel bolts
on each Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings -
VAS6350/1- .
– Insert the measuring paddle at both Calibration Tool - Wheel
Center Mountings - VAS6350/1- and secure with the locking
nut.
– Place the Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings -
VAS6350/1- onto the wheel bolts on both rear wheels.
• The wheel center mounting rotation center must be in the
wheel rotation center.
– Place the Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings -
VAS6350/1- on the wheels so that the “anti-theft wheel bolts”
are not connected to the wheel center mounting.
– Adjust the measuring paddle using the locking nuts so that
they move freely just above the floor.
• The measuring paddles must move easily.
• The measuring paddles must be vertical.

232 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Position the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- at distance -a- to

the rear wheels.
• Dimension -a- = 1,700 mm

– Switch on the Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2-

with the ON button.
Display on the Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2- :
• “- - - m”
• The laser is switched on at same time.

– For distance measurement, hold the Calibration Tool - Spac‐

ing Laser - VAS6350/2- -2- flush to the left catch bracket as
shown.
• The Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2- must lie
firmly against the catch bracket.
– Make sure the “laser beam” for the distance measurement
contacts the enlarged lower part on the paddle -1-.
If this is not the case, measuring paddle height must be corrected
using locking nuts on Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings
- VAS6350/1- .

4. Lane Change Assistance 233

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Briefly press the ON button for distance measurement.

Display on the Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2- :
• “1,700 m” (specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm).
– Repeat the measuring procedure from the right stop bracket
to the right rear wheel.
• The distance value must be the same on both sides.
If both measured values are not the same, adjust the Calibration
Unit - VAS6350A- accordingly.
Calibrating
The Vehicle Diagnostic Tester is connected.
– Select the Diagnostic mode and start.
– Select the Test plan tab.
– Press the Select individual tests button and select the
following one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 3C - Lane Change Assistance Control Module -J769
♦ 3C - Lane change assistance control module, functions
♦ 3C - Calibration
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions in the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.
TIP
The following information clarifies which version of the lane
change assistance is installed in the vehicle (SWA3.0).
This information for adjusting the calibration device is important
for later steps in the procedure to avoid malfunctions.

– Secure the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -

VAS6350/4- to the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- mount on the
rear left.
• When installed correctly, the vehicle electrical system voltage
wire must be connected at the bottom left of the calibration
device (as seen in direction of travel).
Dimension -a- is measured from the upper edge of the calibration
device to the floor.

234 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Model Q7 Basic SQ7/Q7 S line

Adjustment dimension height in 681 675
mm
dimension -a-

– The indicator on the base of the Calibration Tool - Lane

Change Calibration Tool Calibration Tool - Lane Change Cal‐
ibration Tool - VAS6350/4- must align with adjustment dimen‐
sion on the measuring scale -1- on measuring field -arrow-.
Model Q7 Basic SQ7/Q7 S line
Left adjustment dimension read in 800 817
mm
on the measuring scale-1-

– Connect the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool

Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-
to the vehicle electrical system voltage.
– Bring the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- into a horizontal posi‐
tion by turning the plastic feet.
• Observe the bubble level (sight glass) on the Calibration Unit
- VAS6350A- -arrow-.

– Turn on the Calibration Laser - VAS6350/3A- on the Calibra‐

tion Unit - VAS6350A- .
– Wear “laser protective eyewear”.
– Align the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- so that the Calibration
Tool - Linear Laser - VAS6350/3- strikes the center of the
brand emblem on the rear lid.

4. Lane Change Assistance 235

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Check the distance on the left and right sides between the
catch brackets of the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- and the
measuring paddles -1- on wheel mountings again.
• Specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm
Calibration Procedure
The following should not occur during the calibration procedure:
• There must be no metal reflectors within a 2 m radius of the
calibration device (for example, tool carts, metal cabinets).
• Vehicle doors must not be opened or closed.
• People must not sit in the vehicle.
• People must not go between the vehicle and the Calibration
Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4- .

Procedure
– Turn on the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -
VAS6350/4- at the power switch -3-.
• The green LED -1- must turn on.
– If the red LED -2- comes on: Check the -VAS 6350/4- .
– Follow the instructions in the vehicle diagnostic tester display.

During the program sequence, there is a prompt to switch the

Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-
from the left to the right side of the Calibration Tool - VAS6350- .
– Turn off the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -
VAS6350/4- and reposition the calibration tool.
• When installed correctly, the vehicle electrical system voltage
wire must be connected at the bottom left of the calibration
device (as seen in direction of travel).
Dimension -a- is measured from the upper edge of the calibration
device to the floor.

Model Q7 Basic SQ7/Q7 S line

Adjustment dimension height in 681 675
mm
dimension -a-

– The indicator on the base of the Calibration Tool - Lane

Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4- must align with adjust‐
ment dimension on the measuring scale -1- on measuring field
-arrow-.

236 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Model Q7 Basic SQ7/Q7 S line

Right adjustment dimension read in 800 817
mm
on the measuring scale-1-

– Turn on the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -

VAS6350/4- at the power switch -3-.
• The green LED -1- must turn on.
– Follow the instructions in the vehicle diagnostic tester display.
– After calibrating the lane change assistance successfully, end
“calibration”, switch off the ignition and disconnect the data link
connector.

4. Lane Change Assistance 237

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 Driver Assistance Systems Front

Camera
⇒ “5.1 Component Location Overview - Driver Assistance Sys‐
tems Front Camera”, page 238
⇒ “5.2 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing and
Installing”, page 239

5.1 Component Location Overview - Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera

1 - Cover
2 - Driver Assistance Systems
Front Camera - R242-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.1 Driver Assis‐
tance Systems Front
Camera, Removing and
Installing”, page 239 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Driver Assis‐
tance Systems Front
Camera, Replacing”,
page 241 .
3 - Silicone Pad
❑ Replace after removal
4 - Baseplate
❑ Cannot be separated
from the windshield
5 - Connector

238 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5.2 Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐

era, Removing and Installing
⇒ “5.2.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing
and Installing”, page 239
⇒ “5.2.2 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Replacing”,
page 241

5.2.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐

era, Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Medium-hard clip release lever, narrow from the Scraper Set
- VAS6845-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
Removing
– Unclip the cover -1- with the narrow, medium-hard clip release
lever -arrows A through C-, by carefully inserting the clip re‐
lease lever between the windshield and the cover.
– Repeat the procedure on the opposite side.
– Disengage the front cover and remove toward the rear.
– Free up the wire if necessary.

– Release the securing clip -3- -arrow- and remove the driver
assistance systems front camera -2- from the mount -1-.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
• Replace the silicone pad.
• The camera field of vision on the inside of the windshield must
not be fogged up or dirty.

– Remove the silicone pad -3- from the front camera -2- without
leaving any residue.
– Clean the adhesive surface -1- on the front camera with a lint-
free towel.

5. Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera 239

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the silicone paper -1- from the silicone pad -2-.
– The clear protective film -3- remains on the silicone pad as an
assembly aid.

– Position the silicone pad -2- on the front camera -3- using the
clear protective film -1-.
– Press the silicone pad through the protective film onto the front
camera free of bubbles.

– Remove the protective film -2- from the silicone pad -1-.
TIP:
To avoid contaminating the silicone pad, remove the protective
film just before installing it.
– Connect the connector.

240 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Insert the front camera -2- in the mount -1- -A arrows-.

– Push the front camera using light force onto the mount
-arrow B-.
TIP:
If not all bubbles are removed then pressing on the silicone pad,
the bubbles will be pushed out on the windshield when locking
the front camera due to contact pressure.

– Push the securing clip -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.

• To prevent a malfunction of the assistance systems, the driver
assistance systems front camera must not have any embed‐
ded objects or bubbles between it and the windshield.
– Calibrate the driver assistance systems front camera. Refer to
⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Driver Assis‐
tance Systems Front Camera; Driver Assistance Systems
Front Camera, Calibrating .

5.2.2 Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐

era, Replacing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Medium-hard clip release lever, narrow from the Scraper Set
- VAS6845-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
TIP
If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control mod‐
ule” function for the corresponding control module on the Vehicle
Diagnostic Tester .

5. Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera 241

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Unclip the cover -1- with the narrow, medium-hard clip release
lever -arrows A through C-, by carefully inserting the clip re‐
lease lever between the windshield and the cover.
– Repeat the procedure on the opposite side.
– Disengage the front cover and remove toward the rear.
– Free up the wire if necessary.

– Release the securing clip -3- -arrow- and remove the driver
assistance systems front camera -2- from the mount -1-.
– Disconnect the connector.
– Clean the adhesive surface on the windshield with Cleaning
Solution - D 009 401 04- .
• Any silicone residue must be completely removed.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
• The camera field of vision on the inside of the windshield must
not be fogged up or dirty.

– Release the catch and remove the protective cap -3- from the
front camera -2-.
TIP
To avoid contaminating the silicone pad, remove the protective
cap just before installing it.
– Connect the connector.

242 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Insert the front camera -2- in the mount -1- -A arrows-.

– Push the front camera using light force onto the mount
-arrow B-.
TIP
If not all bubbles are removed then pressing on the silicone pad,
the bubbles will be pushed out on the windshield when locking
the front camera due to contact pressure.

– Push the securing clip -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.

• To prevent a malfunction of the assistance systems, the driver
assistance systems front camera must not have any embed‐
ded objects or bubbles between it and the windshield.
– Calibrate the driver assistance systems front camera. Refer to
⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Driver Assis‐
tance Systems Front Camera; Driver Assistance Systems
Front Camera, Calibrating .

5. Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera 243

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 Trailer Hitch
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Towing Recognition”, page 244
⇒ “6.2 Trailer Socket”, page 244

6.1 Overview - Towing Recognition

1 - Towing Recognition Control

Module - J345-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Trailer Hitch .
2 - Frame
❑ For Towing Recognition
Control Module - J345-
3 - Information Label
❑ On the body on the left
rear
4 - Power Pivoting Trailer Hitch
Button - E474-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.25 Loading Sill
Lowering Control Head
E682 / Power Pivoting
Trailer Hitch Button
E474 , Removing and
Installing”, page 221 .
5 - Trailer Hitch Bend Angle
Sensor - G820-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Trailer Hitch; Overview -
Trailer Hitch .
6 - Trailer Socket - U10-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment General
Information; Rep. Gr.
96 ; Trailer Hitch .
7 - Connector

6.2 Trailer Socket

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
96 ; Trailer Hitch .

244 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 Cigarette Lighter and Socket

⇒ “7.1 Overview - Cigarette Lighter, 12 V Socket”, page 245
⇒ “7.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing”,
page 246
⇒ “7.3 Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb L28 , Removing and
Installing”, page 248
⇒ “7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing”,
page 248
⇒ “7.5 12 V Socket 2 U18 , Removing and Installing”,
page 248
⇒ “7.6 12 V Socket 3 U19 , Removing and Installing”,
page 250
⇒ “7.7 12 V Socket 4 U20 , Removing and Installing”,
page 251
⇒ “7.8 12 V Socket 4 U20 , Replacing”, page 252

7.1 Overview - Cigarette Lighter, 12 V Socket

1 - Front Ashtray
2 - Folding Compartment
Socket
❑ There are different ver‐
sions.
❑ Versions with 12 V
Socket 2 - U18- and 12
V Socket 3 - U19-
3 - Socket Trim
❑ There are different ver‐
sions.
❑ Versions with 12 V
Socket 2 - U18- and 12
V Socket 3 - U19-
4 - Rear Seat Heating Socket/
Button Trim
❑ There are different ver‐
sions.
❑ Versions with 12 V
Socket 2 - U18-
5 - 12 V Socket 4 - U20-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.7 12 V Socket 4
U20 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 251 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “7.8 12 V Socket 4
U20 , Replacing”,
page 252 .
6 - Mount with Cover
❑ For the 12 V Socket 4 -
U20-

7. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 245

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel

8 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Cigarette Lighter
10 - 12 V Socket 3 - U19-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.6 12 V Socket 3 U19 , Removing and Installing”, page 250 .
11 - Socket Illumination Bulb - L42-
❑ For 12 V Socket 3 - U19-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing”, page 248 .
12 - Blind Cover
13 - 12 V Socket 2 - U18-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.5 12 V Socket 2 U18 , Removing and Installing”, page 248 .
14 - Socket Illumination Bulb - L42-
❑ For 12 V Socket 2 - U18-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing”, page 248 .
15 - Cigarette Lighter/Blind Cover
16 - Cigarette Lighter/12 V Socket
❑ There are different versions.
❑ Versions with Cigarette Lighter - U1- or 12 V Socket - U5-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing”, page 246 .
17 - Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb
❑ There are different versions.
Versions with Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb - L28- for Cigarette Lighter - U1-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb L28 , Removing and Installing”, page 248 .
Versions with Socket Illumination Bulb - L42- for 12 V Socket - U5-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing”, page 248 .

7.2 Cigarette Lighter - U1- , Removing and

Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148-
– The 12 V Socket - U5- is removed in the same way.
Removing
– Remove the center console insert. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Insert, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Open the ashtray and remove the lighter.

246 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– The release tabs -2- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool -

T40148- must engage in the openings on the cigarette lighter
-3- -arrow-. To do so, the threaded rod -1- must be slid all the
way down.

– Slide the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- all the way
into the cigarette lighter -1-.
– Turn the thumbwheel -2- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- clockwise all the way to the end stop.

• The piston -2- is pulled upward and the release tabs -1- on the
Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- spread in direction
of -arrows-.
– Remove the cigarette lighter using the Cigarette Lighter Re‐
lease Tool - T40148- from the illumination ring with the Ciga‐
rette Lighter Illumination Bulb - L28- .
– Guide the wire out through the mount.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

CAUTION
Risk of injury due to the preglow from the removed cigarette
lighter socket.
– Check the tab on the socket.
– After removal of the socket push the springs back together.

– Remove the support -1- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool

- T40148- .
– Slide the piston down and hold it in place.
– Turn the thumbwheel -4- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- counter-clockwise -arrow-. This loosens the release
tabs -2- on the cigarette lighter -3- so the Cigarette Lighter
Release Tool - T40148- can be removed.

7. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 247

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7.3 Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb -

L28- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the cigarette lighter. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing”,
page 246 .
– Release the retainers -arrows-.
– Remove the illumination ring -1- with the Cigarette Lighter Il‐
lumination Bulb - L28- from the trim -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.4 Socket Illumination Bulb - L42- , Remov‐

ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the cigarette lighter. Refer to
⇒ “7 Cigarette Lighter and Socket”, page 245 .
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the illumination ring -1- with the Cigarette Lighter Il‐
lumination Bulb - L28- from the trim -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.5 12 V Socket 2 - U18- , Removing and

Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148-
Removing
Folding Compartment Socket
– Remove the rear center console trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Rear Trim,
Removing and Installing .
– Open the folding compartment and remove the lighter/blind
cover.
Socket Trim
– Remove the socket trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Center Console; Display Control Head Trim, Removing
and Installing .

248 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the lighter/blind cover.

Continuation for All
– The release tabs -2- on the -T40148- must engage in the
openings on the cigarette lighter -3- in direction of -arrow-. To
do so, the threaded rod -1- must be slid all the way down.

– Slide the -T40148- all the way into the cigarette lighter -1-.
– Turn the thumbwheel -2- on the -T40148- clockwise all the way
to the end stop.

• The piston -2- is pulled upward and the release tabs -1- on the
-T40148- spread in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the cigarette lighter using the -T40148- from the illu‐
mination ring with the Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb -
L28- .
– Guide the wire out through the mount.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

CAUTION
Risk of injury due to the preglow from the removed cigarette
lighter socket.
– Check the tab on the socket.
– After removal of the socket push the springs back together.

– Remove the support -1- on the -T40148- .

– Slide the piston down and hold it in place.
– Turn the thumbwheel -4- on the -T40148- counter-clockwise
in direction of -arrow-. This loosens the release tabs -2- on the
cigarette lighter -3- so the -T40148- can be removed.

7. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 249

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7.6 12 V Socket 3 - U19- , Removing and

Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148-
Removing
Folding Compartment Socket
– Remove the rear center console trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Rear Trim,
Removing and Installing .
– Open the folding compartment and remove the lighter/blind
cover.
Socket Trim
– Remove the socket trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Center Console; Display Control Head Trim, Removing
and Installing .
– Remove the lighter/blind cover.
Continuation for All
– The release tabs -2- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool -
T40148- must engage in the openings on the cigarette lighter
-3- in direction of -arrow-. To do so, the threaded rod -1- must
be slid all the way down.

– Slide the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- all the way
into the cigarette lighter -1-.
– Turn the thumbwheel -2- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- clockwise all the way to the end stop.

250 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• The piston -2- is pulled upward and the release tabs -1- on the
Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- spread in direction
of -arrows-.
– Remove the cigarette lighter using the Cigarette Lighter Re‐
lease Tool - T40148- from the illumination ring with the Ciga‐
rette Lighter Illumination Bulb - L28- .
– Guide the wire out through the mount.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

CAUTION
Risk of injury due to the preglow from the removed cigarette
lighter socket.
– Check the tab on the socket.
– After removal of the socket push the springs back together.

– Remove the support -1- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool

- T40148- .
– Slide the piston down and hold it in place.
– Turn the thumbwheel -4- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow-. This loos‐
ens the release tabs -2- on the cigarette lighter -3- so the
Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- can be removed.

7.7 12 V Socket 4 - U20- , Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Using a narrow screwdriver at the opening -arrow A- release
the cap and at the same time push on the bottom slightly up‐
ward in direction of -arrow B-.
– Remove the cap.
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Pivot the button trim -1- out of the mount in direction of
-arrow C-.
– Disconnect the connectors.

7. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 251

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nut -2-.

– Remove the 12 V socket -3- from the luggage compartment
side trim panel -1-.
– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– If the 12 V socket cannot be removed as described the luggage
compartment side trim panel in the area of the 12 V socket
must be loosened. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Luggage Compartment
Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Overview - Cigarette Lighter, 12 V Socket”, page 245
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for Third Row Button for
Backrest Adjustment - in Luggage Compartment”“ ,
page 206

7.8 12 V Socket 4 - U20- , Replacing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148-
Removing
– The release tabs -2- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool -
T40148- must engage in the 12 V socket openings -3- in
direction of -arrow-. To do so, the threaded rod -1- must be slid
all the way down.

– Open the mount cover -2- and hold it in that position.

– Slide the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- all the way
into the 12 V socket -3-.
– Turn the thumbwheel -1- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- clockwise all the way to the end stop.

252 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• The piston -2- is pulled upward and the release tabs -1- on the
Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148- spread in direction
of -arrows-.
– Remove the 12 V socket from the luggage compartment side
trim panel.
– Disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

– Remove the support -1- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool

- T40148- .
– Slide the piston down and hold it in place.
– Turn the thumbwheel -4- on the Cigarette Lighter Release Tool
- T40148- counter-clockwise -arrow-. This loosens the release
tabs -2- on the 12 V socket -3- so the Cigarette Lighter Release
Tool - T40148- can be removed.

7. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 253

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wedge Set - T10383-

♦ Cigarette Lighter Release Tool - T40148-

♦ Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-

♦ Connecting Rod Support - 3090-

254 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-

♦ Medium-hard clip release lever, narrow from the Scraper Set
- VAS6845-

8. Special Tools 255

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

97 – Wiring
1 Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-
Boxes
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse Pan‐
els and E-Boxes”, page 256
⇒ “1.2 Front Left Relay and Fuse Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 265
⇒ “1.3 Suppressor C24 , Removing and Installing”, page 269
⇒ “1.4 Wire Junction, Removing and Installing”, page 270
⇒ “1.5 Protective Diode J201 , Removing and Installing”,
page 279
⇒ “1.6 Fuse Panel C SC , Removing and Installing”, page 280
⇒ “1.7 Relay and Fuse Panels Inside Luggage Compartment on
Left Side, Removing and Installing”, page 281

1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay

Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instrument
Panel, E-Boxes Engine Compartment”, page 256
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse Pan‐
el, E-Boxes, Left Footwell”, page 259
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse Pan‐
el, E-Boxes, Right Footwell”, page 260
⇒ “1.1.4 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instrument
Panel, E-Boxes, Luggage Compartment”, page 261

1.1.1 Overview - Component Location Relay

Panel, Instrument Panel, E-Boxes En‐
gine Compartment
Component Location Overview - Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2-
and Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 - TV22- . Refer to
⇒ page 256 .
Component Location Overview - 48V System Wire Junction. Re‐
fer to ⇒ page 258 .
Component Location Overview- Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2-
and Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 - TV22-

256 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 - Relay and Fuse Panel 1 -

SR1-
2 - Relay and Fuse Panel 2 -
SR2-
3 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
4 - Mount
❑ For relay and fuse panel
5 - Nut
❑ 16 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ 16 Nm
7 - Positive Cable
❑ From the battery
8 - Wire
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
9 - Wire
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
10 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
11 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
13 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
14 - Wire
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
15 - Wire
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
16 - Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 - TV22-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4.5 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 TV22 ”, page 274 .
17 - Nut
❑ 7.5 Nm
18 - Cover
19 - Suppressor - C24-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3.1 Suppressor C24 , Removing and Installing”, page 269 .
20 - Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.3 Terminal 30 Wire Junction TV2 , Removing and Installing”, page 272 .
21 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 257

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

❑ Quantity: 3
22 - Positive Cable
❑ To starter, generator

Component Location Overview - 48V System Wire Junction

1 - Mount
❑ For Suppressor - C24-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 Suppressor
C24 , Removing and In‐
stalling, 48V System”,
page 269 .
2 - Suppressor - C24-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 Suppressor
C24 , Removing and In‐
stalling, 48V System”,
page 269 .
3 - Cap
4 - Positive Cable
❑ To starter, generator
5 - Nut
❑ 16 Nm
6 - Positive Cable
❑ From the 12V battery
7 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Terminal 30 Wire Junction
2 - TV22-
❑ Component Location
Overview. Refer to
⇒ page 256 .
9 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification
-item 17-
⇒ Item 17 (page 257) .
10 - Wire
❑ To the Suspension Stabilization Control Module 1 - J1152-
11 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
12 - Wire
❑ To the Electric Compressor Control Module - J1123-
13 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
14 - Terminal 40 Wire Junction - TV66-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.6 Terminal 40 Wire Junction TV66 , Removing and Installing”, page 275 .

258 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

15 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
16 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
17 - Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.4 Terminal 30 Wire Junction TV2 , Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 48V System”,
page 274 .

1.1.2 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse Panel, E-Boxes, Left
Footwell

1 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
2 - Fuse Panel B - SB-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Fuse Panel B
SB , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 265 .
3 - Fuse Panel C - SC-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Fuse Panel C
SC , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 280 .
4 - Mount
❑ For the fuse panel C
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Fuse Panel C
SC , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 280 .
5 - Upper Fuse Panel
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
6 - Lower Fuse Panel
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
7 - Relay Mount
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
8 - Auxiliary Fuse Panel

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 259

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.1.3 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse Panel, E-Boxes, Right
Footwell

1 - Wire Junction
❑ Vehicles without a high-
voltage system: Wire
Junction - TV1-
❑ Vehicles with high-volt‐
age system: Terminal
30 Wire Junction 3 -
TV28-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Wire Junction,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 270 .
2 - Positive Cable
❑ From the battery
❑ Tightening specification
9 Nm.
3 - Connector
4 - Protective Diode - J201-
❑ Only vehicles with high-
voltage system
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Protective Diode
J201 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 279 .
5 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
6 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
7 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
8 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
9 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
10 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
11 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
13 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
❑ Tightening specification 20 Nm

260 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

14 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
15 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
16 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
17 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
18 - Main Fuse Panel
❑ Tightening specifications of the wires. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Main Fuse Panel”“ , page 261 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.4 Main Fuse Panel on Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 284 .
19 - Battery

Tightening Specification for the Main Fuse Panel

1- Nut - 9 Nm
2- Screw - 3.5 Nm
3- Main Fuse Panel to Battery
4- Nut - 9 Nm
5- Nut - 9 Nm
6- Battery Interrupt Igniter - N253-
7- Wire - 9 Nm

1.1.4 Overview - Component Location Relay

Panel, Instrument Panel, E-Boxes, Lug‐
gage Compartment
Vehicles without high-voltage system. Refer to ⇒ page 261 .
Vehicles with high-voltage system. Refer to ⇒ page 262 .
Vehicles with 48V System. Refer to ⇒ page 263 .
Vehicles without High-Voltage System

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 261

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 - Mount
❑ For the relay and fuse
panel
2 - Relay and Fuse Panel F -
SF-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.1 Fuse Panel F
SF , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 281 .
3 - Auxiliary Fuse Panel
4 - Relay Mount
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
5 - Fuse Panel
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.

Vehicles with High-Voltage System

262 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1 - Fuse Panel
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
2 - Auxiliary Fuse Panel
3 - Relay Mount
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
4 - Mount
❑ For the High-Voltage
Battery Charging Sock‐
et 1 - UX4-
5 - Relay and Fuse Panel F -
SF-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.1 Fuse Panel F
SF , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 281 .
6 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm

Vehicles with 48V System

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 263

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

A - Wire Junction - 5-Seater

1 - Terminal 40 Wire Junction
2 - TV67-
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.7 Terminal 40
Wire Junction 2 TV67 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, 5-Seater”,
page 276 .
2 - Bracket
❑ For wire junction
3 - Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
4 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &
Component locations.
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to
⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting &

264 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Component locations.
7 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
9 - Line
❑ Tightening specification: 9 Nm
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
10 - Line
❑ Tightening specification: 9 Nm
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
B - Wire Junction - 7-Seater
1 - Bracket
❑ For voltage converter and wire junction
2 - Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 - TV67-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.8 Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 TV67 , Removing and Installing, 7-Seater”, page 278 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
5 - Line
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Line
❑ Tightening specification: 9 Nm
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.
9 - Line
❑ Tightening specification: 9 Nm
❑ Allocation. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.

1.2 Front Left Relay and Fuse Panel, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “1.2.1 Fuse Panel B SB , Removing and Installing”,
page 265
⇒ “1.2.2 Fuse Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 268

1.2.1 Fuse Panel B - SB- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9- from Fiber-Optic Repair Set - VAS6223B-

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 265

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

Removing
– Loosen and fold back the left front carpet. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; Carpet,
Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Disconnect the connectors -1 to 4-, the antenna wire -5- and
the connector -4- for the fiber-optic cable.

– Seal the open wiring harness connector -2- of the fiber-optic

cable with the Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective
Caps - VAS6223/9- -1-.
TIP
The protective cap prevents contamination of or mechanical dam‐
age to the front surface of the fiber-optic cable which would impair
light transmission.

266 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -arrows-.

– Cut the cable ties -1, 2, 3 and 5-.
– Remove the fuse panel B -3- from the threaded pin.

– Release the tab in direction of -arrow-, push fuse panel -2- to

the rear and disengage it from the fuse panel B -1-.

– Open the clip and remove the auxiliary fuse panel -2-.
– Release the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the relay
-1- and the control modules from the relay panels.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 267

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and press the relay pan‐
el -3- toward the rear and out of the bracket -4-.
– Open the clip -1- and remove the connector terminal -2- from
the bracket.
– Remove the fuse panel B.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse
Panel, E-Boxes, Left Footwell”, page 259

1.2.2 Fuse Panel, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the fuse panel B. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Fuse Panel B SB , Removing and Installing”,
page 265 .
– Unlock the release and remove it from the fuse panel.
– Remove the fuses from the fuse panel.
– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the fuse
panel cover.

– Pull off retaining strip -1- for the connectors in direction of

-arrow- and remove the connectors from the plug-in socket
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

268 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.3 Suppressor - C24- , Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “1.3.1 Suppressor C24 , Removing and Installing”, page 269
⇒ “1.3.2 Suppressor C24 , Removing and Installing, 48V Sys‐
tem”, page 269

1.3.1 Suppressor - C24- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the terminal 30 wire junction. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.3 Terminal 30 Wire Junction TV2 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 272 .
– Release the retainers -arrows- and remove the cover -2-.
– Push the suppressor -1- upward and out of the housing -3-
from below and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.3.2 Suppressor - C24- , Removing and In‐

stalling, 48V System
Removing
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
suppressor.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows- and remove the

cover -1-.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 269

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Push the suppressor -2- upward and out of the housing -1-
from below -arrow- and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.4 Wire Junction, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.4.1 Wire Junction TV1 , Removing and Installing, Vehicles
without High-Voltage System”, page 270
⇒ “1.4.2 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 3 TV28 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with High-Voltage System”, page 271
⇒ “1.4.3 Terminal 30 Wire Junction TV2 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 272
⇒ “1.4.4 Terminal 30 Wire Junction TV2 , Removing and Instal‐
ling, Vehicles with 48V System”, page 274
⇒ “1.4.5 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 TV22 ”, page 274
⇒ “1.4.6 Terminal 40 Wire Junction TV66 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 275
⇒ “1.4.7 Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 TV67 , Removing and In‐
stalling, 5-Seater”, page 276
⇒ “1.4.8 Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 TV67 , Removing and In‐
stalling, 7-Seater”, page 278

1.4.1 Wire Junction - TV1- , Removing and In‐

stalling, Vehicles without High-Voltage
System
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the front sill panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; Sill Panel, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .

270 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the screw clips -A-.

– Loosen and remove the insulation -B- from the A/C unit air
intake manifold.
– Push the carpet in the area of the footwell to the side as far as
possible.

– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the

cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

– Remove the nuts -2 and 4- and free up the wires -1 and 3-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the E-box -5-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse
Panel, E-Boxes, Right Footwell”, page 260

1.4.2 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 3 - TV28- ,

Removing and Installing, Vehicles with
High-Voltage System
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 271

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the front sill panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; Sill Panel, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the screw clips -A-.
– Loosen and remove the insulation -B- from the A/C unit air
intake manifold.
– Push the carpet in the area of the footwell to the side as far as
possible.

– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the

cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

– Disconnect the connector -1-.

– Remove the wires -2 and 7-.
– Remove the nuts -5, 8 and 9- and free up the wires.
– Remove the nuts -3 and 6-.
– Remove the E-box -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse
Panel, E-Boxes, Right Footwell”, page 260

1.4.3 Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .

272 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-

energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the terminal 30 wire junction 2 and move to the side
with the lines still connected. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.5 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 TV22 ”, page 274 .
– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Remove the nuts -3 and 5- and free up the wires -2 and 6-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the wire junction -1- from the threaded pins.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instru‐
ment Panel, E-Boxes Engine Compartment”, page 256

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 273

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.4.4 Terminal 30 Wire Junction - TV2- , Re‐

moving and Installing, Vehicles with 48V
System
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the terminal 30 wire junction 2 and move to the side
with the wires still connected. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.5 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 TV22 ”, page 274 .
– Remove the terminal 40 wire junction and move it to the side
with the wires still connected. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.6 Terminal 40 Wire Junction TV66 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 275 .
– Disconnect the connector -5-.
– Remove the nuts -2 and 3- and free up the wires -1 and 6-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the wire junction -4- from the threaded pins.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instru‐
ment Panel, E-Boxes Engine Compartment”, page 256

1.4.5 Terminal 30 Wire Junction 2 - TV22-

Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .

274 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.

– Open the cover in the sequence -2 and 1-.

– Remove the wires -2 to 5- and free them up.

– Remove the nut -6-.
– Remove the wire junction -1- from the threaded pins.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instru‐
ment Panel, E-Boxes Engine Compartment”, page 256

1.4.6 Terminal 40 Wire Junction - TV66- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Release the retainer -arrow- and open the cover -1-.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 275

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -3, 4 and 5- and free up the wires

-1, 2 and 6-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the 48V system wire junction -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ 48V System Wire Junction. Refer to ⇒ page 258 .

1.4.7 Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 - TV67- ,

Removing and Installing, 5-Seater
Wire Junction, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 48V Sys‐
tem, 5-Seater. Refer to ⇒ page 276 .
Wire Junction Bracket, Removing and Installing. Refer to
⇒ page 277 .
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the luggage compartment floor trim panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim
Panels; Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor .
– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the
cover -1- -arrow B-.

276 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -7 and 8- and free up the wires -4 and 5-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and free up the wires -1 and 2-.
– Remove the bolt -3-.
– Remove the wire junction -6-.

Wire Junction Bracket, Removing and Installing

– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the
cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

– Remove the bolt -1-.

– Move the wire junction -2- with the wires connected to the side.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 277

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Free up the wire holder -1-.

– Remove the nut -3- and then the bracket -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Vehicles with 48V System. Refer to ⇒ page 263 .

1.4.8 Terminal 40 Wire Junction 2 - TV67- ,

Removing and Installing, 7-Seater
Removing
– De-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the third row seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
72 ; Rear Seats; Bench Seat/Single Seats, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the
cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

278 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nuts -7 and 8- and free up the wires -4 and 5-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and free up the wires -1 and 2-.
– Remove the bolt -3-.
– Remove the wire junction -6-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Re-energize the 48V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Vehicles with 48V System. Refer to ⇒ page 263 .

1.5 Protective Diode - J201- , Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the front sill panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; Sill Panel, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the screw clips -A-.
– Loosen and remove the insulation -B- from the A/C unit air
intake manifold.
– Push the carpet in the area of the footwell to the side as far as
possible.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 279

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and open the

cover -1- in direction of -arrow B-.

– Disconnect the connector -1-.

– Remove the wire -2-.
– Remove the nut -3-.
– Release the catches in direction of -arrows- and remove the
protective diode -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Fuse
Panel, E-Boxes, Right Footwell”, page 260

1.6 Fuse Panel C - SC- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐
ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Open the clip -3- and remove fuse panel C -2- on the instru‐
ment panel central tube -1- in direction of -arrow-.

280 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the tab in direction of -arrow-, push fuse panel -2- to

the rear and disengage it from the fuse panel C -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.7 Relay and Fuse Panels Inside Luggage

Compartment on Left Side, Removing
and Installing
⇒ “1.7.1 Fuse Panel F SF , Removing and Installing”,
page 281
⇒ “1.7.2 Fuse Panel F SF , Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with High-Voltage System”, page 282
⇒ “1.7.3 Left Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel, Removing and
Installing”, page 284
⇒ “1.7.4 Main Fuse Panel on Battery, Removing and Installing”,
page 284

1.7.1 Fuse Panel F - SF- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the left luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim
Panels; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing
and Installing .
– Disconnect the connectors -2 and 3-.
– Free up the connector -1-.
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrow-.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 281

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Lift the fuse panel F -4- and remove to the right.

– Open the clip in direction of -arrow- and remove the fuse panel
-2- from fuse panel F -1-.

– Open the clip and remove the auxiliary fuse panel -2-.
– Release the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the relay
-1- and the control modules from the relay panels.

– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the relay

panel -2- from the fuse panel F -1- to the rear.
– Remove fuse panel F.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.4 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instru‐
ment Panel, E-Boxes, Luggage Compartment”, page 261

1.7.2 Fuse Panel F - SF- , Removing and In‐

stalling, Vehicles with High-Voltage Sys‐
tem
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment left trim panel. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Pan‐
els; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing .

282 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the nut -1-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the fuse panel F -2- to the right.

– Open the clip in direction of -arrow- and remove the fuse panel
-2- from fuse panel F -1-.

– Open the clip and remove the auxiliary fuse panel -2-.
– Release the clips in the direction of -arrows- and remove the
relay -1- and the control modules from the relay panels.

– Open the clips -arrows- and remove the relay panel -2- from
the fuse panel F -1- to the rear.
– Remove fuse panel F.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.4 Overview - Component Location Relay Panel, Instru‐
ment Panel, E-Boxes, Luggage Compartment”, page 261

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 283

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

1.7.3 Left Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .
– Remove the relay and fuse panel F inside the luggage com‐
partment on the left side. The relay mount remains clipped in.
Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Relay and Fuse Panels Inside Luggage Compartment
on Left Side, Removing and Installing”, page 281 .
– Unlock the release and remove it from the fuse panel.
– Remove the fuses from the fuse panel.
– Open the clips in direction of -arrows- and remove the fuse
panel cover.

– Pull off retaining strip -1- for the connectors in direction of

-arrow- and remove the connectors from the plug-in socket
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .

1.7.4 Main Fuse Panel on Battery, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
• On vehicles with 48 volt system (PR number VH2) must be de-
energized before the 48 V system. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 48V System, De-Energizing”, page 13 .

284 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Open the cover -1- over the battery positive terminal.

– Loosen the nut -3- several turns and remove the battery ter‐
minal clamp -2- for the positive cable from the battery terminal.

– Release the catch -3- and open the flap -2- above the main
fuse panel -1- in direction of -arrow-.

– Remove the wires -1, 2, 4, 5, and 6-.

– Remove the main fuse panel -3-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .
• On vehicles with a 48 V system (PR number VH2) the 48 V
system must be energized. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.3 48V System, Re-Energizing”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Main Fuse Panel”“ ,
page 261

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 285

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2 Control Modules
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules”,
page 286
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface”, page
287
⇒ “2.3 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing
and Installing”, page 288
⇒ “2.4 Garage Door Opener Control Module, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 289
⇒ “2.5 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Removing
and Installing”, page 289

2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules

1 - Vehicle Electrical System

Control Module - J519-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.1 Vehicle Electri‐
cal System Control
Module J519 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
288 .
2 - Mount
❑ For Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module
- J519-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.2 Vehicle Electri‐
cal System Control
Module J519 Mount,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 288 .
3 - Left A-Pillar
4 - Data Bus On Board Diag‐
nostic Interface - J533- - Low
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Data
Bus on Board Diagnos‐
tic Interface”,
page 287 .
5 - Mount
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ For Data Bus on Board
Diagnostic Interface - J533-
6 - Mount
❑ For the rear bumper cover

286 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 - Garage Door Opener Control Module - J530-

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Garage Door Opener Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 289 .

2.2 Overview - Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

1 - Data Bus On Board Diag‐

nostic Interface - J533- - Low
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5.1 Data Bus on
Board Diagnostic Inter‐
face J533 , Removing
and Installing, Low Ver‐
sion”, page 289 .
2 - Mount
❑ For Data Bus On Board
Diagnostic Interface -
J533- - Low
3 - Mount
❑ For Data Bus On Board
Diagnostic Interface -
J533- - High
4 - Data Bus On Board Diag‐
nostic Interface - J533- - High
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5.2 Data Bus on
Board Diagnostic Inter‐
face J533 , Removing
and Installing, High Ver‐
sion”, page 290 .
5 - Fiber Optic Cable Connec‐
tor
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Seal with Fiber-Optic
Repair Set - Connector
Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9-
6 - Antenna Wire Connector
7 - Connector
❑ For Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- - High
8 - Connector
❑ For Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- - High
9 - Connector
❑ For Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- - Low

2. Control Modules 287

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

2.3 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.3.1 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 288
⇒ “2.3.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Mount,
Removing and Installing”, page 288

2.3.1 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐
ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .
– Release the retainer -1-.
– Pull the vehicle electrical system control module -2- slightly
downward.
– Disconnect the connectors -3, 4 and 5-.
– Remove the vehicle electrical system control module down‐
ward from the mount -6-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.3.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- Mount, Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
– Remove the vehicle electrical system control module. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.1 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 288 .

288 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Free up the wiring harness -4-.

– Pry up the cover -2-.
– Release the catch -1- and push the mount -5- upward until the
guides -3- are disengaged.
– Remove the mount downward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.4 Garage Door Opener Control Module,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and
Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Release the retainer -4-.
– Remove the control module -3- from the mount -1- in direction
of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.5 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.5.1 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Low Version”, page 289
⇒ “2.5.2 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, High Version”, page 290

2.5.1 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing, Low
Version
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
The Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is located
under the left front seat.

2. Control Modules 289

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Remove the front carpet on the left side of the vehicle. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels;
Carpet, Removing and Installing .
– Release the catch -2- and remove the mount -3- from the
threaded pin -1-.

– Guide out the mount from the body -arrow-.

– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the data bus on board diagnostic interface -3- from
the mount -2-.
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.5.2 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing, High
Version
– If replacing the control module, select the “Replace control
module” function for the corresponding control module on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
The Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is located
under the left front seat.
– Remove the front carpet on the left side of the vehicle. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels;
Carpet, Removing and Installing .

290 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Release the retainers -1-.

– Remove the data bus on board diagnostic interface -3- from
the mount -2-.
– Disconnect the connectors -6 and 7- and antenna wires
-4 and 5-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2. Control Modules 291

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3 Connectors
⇒ “3.1 Component Location Overview - Connectors”, page 292
⇒ “3.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting”, page 293
⇒ “3.3 Right Bulkhead Connector Station, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 294
⇒ “3.4 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing”,
page 295

3.1 Component Location Overview - Connectors

1 - Left Front Door Cut-Off

Connector
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Front Door Cut-
Off Connector, Discon‐
necting”, page 293 .
2 - Right Front Door Cut-Off
Connector
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Front Door Cut-
Off Connector, Discon‐
necting”, page 293 .
3 - Right Bulkhead Connector
Station
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Right Bulkhead
Connector Station, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 294 .
4 - Right Rear Door Cut-Off
Connector
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Rear Door Cut-
Off Connector, Discon‐
necting”, page 293 .
5 - Left Rear Door Cut-Off Con‐
nector
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Rear Door Cut-
Off Connector, Discon‐
necting”, page 293 .
6 - Fuse Panel B - SB- Con‐
nector Station
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.1 Fuse Panel B SB , Removing and Installing”, page 265 .

292 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting

⇒ “3.2.1 Front Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting”,
page 293
⇒ “3.2.2 Rear Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting”,
page 293

3.2.1 Front Door Cut-Off Connector, Discon‐

necting
Procedure
– Open the door.
– Release the connector safety catch in the direction of
-arrow A- and remove the door cut-off connector -1- outward
in direction of -arrow B-.

3.2.2 Rear Door Cut-Off Connector, Discon‐

necting
Procedure
– Front door open.
– Remove the retainer in the direction of -arrow A-.
– Pull the door cut-off connector -1- as far as possible toward
the outside in direction of -arrow B-.

3. Connectors 293
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

– Install the retainer -3-.

– Swivel the door cut-off connector -1- forward in direction of
-arrow- and disconnect the connector -2-.

3.3 Right Bulkhead Connector Station, Re‐

moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the carpet on the front passenger side. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; Car‐
pet, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the ground cable from the battery when the ignition
is switched off. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 11 .
– Disconnect the connectors -1 and 2- by sliding the retainer
toward the rear and pressing the release down.

– Remove the connector station -3- from the threaded pin.

– Release the retainer -3- -arrow- and push the connector ter‐
minal -2- out of the bracket -1-.
Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
– Connect the battery. Required actions. Refer to ⇒ page 13 .

294 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

3.4 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Re‐

pairing
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs; Wiring Harnesses,
Repairing and ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep.
Gr. 97 ; Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs; Connector
Housings and Connectors, Repairing

3. Connectors 295
 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

4 Connector Housings, Releasing and

Disassembling
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs; Connector Hous‐
ings, Releasing and Disassembling .

296 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

5 Contact Surfaces, Cleaning

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Contact Surface Cleaning Set - VAS6410-

5. Contact Surfaces, Cleaning 297

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

6 Antenna Wires, Repairing

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs; Antenna Wires, Re‐
pairing .

298 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

7 Fiber-Optic Cable
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Wiring Harness and Connector Repairs; Fiber-Optic Cables,
Repairing .

7. Fiber-Optic Cable 299

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

8 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

300 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

9 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fiber-Optic Repair Set - Connector Protective Caps -
VAS6223/9- from Fiber-Optic Repair Set - VAS6223B-

9. Special Tools 301

 Audi Q7 2016 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 06.2016

10 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: A005A011321
Fac‐ Edit Job Im‐ Fee Notes Quali‐
tory Edi‐ Typ pac dba ty
Edi‐ tion e t ck Check
tion ed By

06.2 01/1 Lo‐ Hig 122 Blocked chapters rela‐ Tom

016 8/20 cal h 837 ted specifically to Perry
17 Fee 9 VAS5209B and
dba VAS621001, which are
ck not available in North
America
06.2 07/2 Fac‐ Hig 118 - Adding steps for ener‐ - Eric
016 1/20 tory h 749 gizing/de-energizing P.
16 Up‐ 8 48V system - Tom
date - Removed “Not for Perry
North America” of
Alarm Horn - H12-
04.2 05/2 Fac‐ Hig 117 Multiple new chapters Tom
016 4/20 tory h 240 added Perry
(not 16 Up‐ 8
a date
mis‐
take
)
05.2 03/0 Fac‐ - N/A Eric P.
016 9/20 tory
16 Up‐
date
01.2 01/2 Lo‐ - 114 Added G85 to Steering Tom
016 5/20 cal 796 Column Switch Module Perry
16 Fac‐ 9
tory
Fee
dba
ck
01.2 1/11/ Fac‐ - N/A Added MRPs and de‐ Jim H
016 2016 tory leted tool names from
Up‐ text. Added meta data
date to chapters.
09.2 10/1 Fac‐ - 112 Jim H
015 3/20 tory 553
15 Up‐ 9
date
and
Fee
dba
ck
03.2 08/0 Fac‐ - N/A Eric P.
015 4/20 tory
15 New

302 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring